WO2021147745A1 - 蓝牙连接方法、系统和电子设备 - Google Patents

蓝牙连接方法、系统和电子设备 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2021147745A1
WO2021147745A1 PCT/CN2021/071644 CN2021071644W WO2021147745A1 WO 2021147745 A1 WO2021147745 A1 WO 2021147745A1 CN 2021071644 W CN2021071644 W CN 2021071644W WO 2021147745 A1 WO2021147745 A1 WO 2021147745A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
electronic device
bluetooth
application
car
connection
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Ceased
Application number
PCT/CN2021/071644
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
章亚
王良
萧维廷
宋业全
国珊珊
唐能福
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Original Assignee
Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Huawei Technologies Co Ltd filed Critical Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Priority to EP21744735.8A priority Critical patent/EP4080939A4/en
Priority to JP2022544039A priority patent/JP7317242B2/ja
Priority to US17/793,983 priority patent/US12302414B2/en
Publication of WO2021147745A1 publication Critical patent/WO2021147745A1/zh
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical
Ceased legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W4/00—Services specially adapted for wireless communication networks; Facilities therefor
    • H04W4/80—Services using short range communication, e.g. near-field communication [NFC], radio-frequency identification [RFID] or low energy communication
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W12/00—Security arrangements; Authentication; Protecting privacy or anonymity
    • H04W12/06—Authentication
    • H04W12/069—Authentication using certificates or pre-shared keys
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W12/00—Security arrangements; Authentication; Protecting privacy or anonymity
    • H04W12/06—Authentication
    • H04W12/068—Authentication using credential vaults, e.g. password manager applications or one time password [OTP] applications
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W12/00—Security arrangements; Authentication; Protecting privacy or anonymity
    • H04W12/08—Access security
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W4/00—Services specially adapted for wireless communication networks; Facilities therefor
    • H04W4/30—Services specially adapted for particular environments, situations or purposes
    • H04W4/40—Services specially adapted for particular environments, situations or purposes for vehicles, e.g. vehicle-to-pedestrians [V2P]
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W48/00—Access restriction; Network selection; Access point selection
    • H04W48/08—Access restriction or access information delivery, e.g. discovery data delivery
    • H04W48/10—Access restriction or access information delivery, e.g. discovery data delivery using broadcasted information
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W48/00—Access restriction; Network selection; Access point selection
    • H04W48/16—Discovering, processing access restriction or access information
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00—Connection management
    • H04W76/10—Connection setup
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00—Connection management
    • H04W76/10—Connection setup
    • H04W76/14—Direct-mode setup
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00—Connection management
    • H04W76/30—Connection release
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W8/00—Network data management
    • H04W8/005—Discovery of network devices, e.g. terminals
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00—Connection management
    • H04W76/10—Connection setup
    • H04W76/19—Connection re-establishment
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W84/00—Network topologies
    • H04W84/18—Self-organising networks, e.g. ad-hoc networks or sensor networks

Definitions

  • This application relates to the field of electronic technology, in particular to a Bluetooth connection method, system and electronic equipment.
  • the Bluetooth function on electronic devices is more and more widely used in the lives of users.
  • the Bluetooth function on electronic devices can be used to unlock car locks and assist other devices in face payment scenarios, bringing convenience to users.
  • the electronic device can open the application corresponding to the car key and start the Bluetooth chip to perform Bluetooth scanning in response to a user operation.
  • the processor of the electronic device scans the broadcast signal of the car machine through the Bluetooth chip and establishes a Bluetooth connection
  • the car can perform security verification through the application corresponding to the car key in the electronic device. If the verification is passed, the car lock will be unlocked.
  • the application needs to run on an electronic device to unlock the car lock.
  • the application is cleared by the system on the electronic device, the user needs to manually open the application corresponding to the car key to realize the unlocking process described above. In this way, the convenience of using Bluetooth to unlock the lock is reduced.
  • the present application discloses a Bluetooth connection method, system and electronic device, which can improve the convenience of unlocking in a scenario where the car lock is opened without feeling.
  • embodiments of the present application provide a Bluetooth system
  • the Bluetooth system includes a first electronic device and a second electronic device, the first electronic device is installed with a first application, the first application and the second electronic device Association, wherein: the first electronic device is configured to: establish a Bluetooth connection with the second electronic device; for disconnecting when a first preset condition is met; and for scanning for Bluetooth in response to the disconnection of the Bluetooth connection A broadcast signal; the second electronic device is configured to broadcast a first broadcast signal in response to the disconnection of the Bluetooth connection; the first broadcast signal carries device information of the second electronic device; the first electronic device, and It is used to start the first application when it is scanned that the first broadcast signal carries the device information of the second electronic device; the first electronic device is also used to send back connection to the second electronic device through the first application Request; the first electronic device is also used to establish a Bluetooth connection with the second electronic device when receiving a response data packet sent by the second electronic device.
  • the first electronic device can scan the Bluetooth broadcast signal sent by the second electronic device.
  • the first application is started to realize the establishment of a Bluetooth connection path between the two devices, so as to realize data transmission between the two devices in a senseless manner.
  • the second electronic device is a car machine, and the first application is a car factory application; the first electronic device is also used to connect to the car machine via Bluetooth , Receiving the cipher text verification instruction from the vehicle; the first electronic device is also used to send the first cipher text to the vehicle through the application of the vehicle factory; the vehicle is also used according to the first A ciphertext is checked for ciphertext, and the car lock is opened when the check is passed.
  • the first electronic device can scan the Bluetooth broadcast signal sent by the car machine, and the car factory application is closed. Start the car factory application to realize the establishment of a Bluetooth connection path between the two devices, which improves the convenience of opening the car lock of the car, thereby improving the experience of unlocking the car lock without feeling.
  • the MCU of the car machine when the car door handle is pulled and the distance between the first electronic device and the car machine is less than the set threshold, the MCU of the car machine sends the cipher text to the wallet APP through the Bluetooth connection between the Bluetooth chip and the main Bluetooth chip. Inspection instructions.
  • the ranging Bluetooth chip in the second electronic device can be in a sleep state, and the MCU wakes up the ranging Bluetooth chip only when the RSSI of the main Bluetooth chip is greater than the set threshold and needs to perform accurate ranging on the first electronic device.
  • the MCU will start the ranging Bluetooth chip to determine the relative position between the user carrying the first electronic device and the car, and the relationship between the car and the car. The distance between.
  • the MCU determines the cipher text verification according to the relative position between the user of the first electronic device and the car and the distance between the car and the car to unlock the car lock.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the time for waking up the ranging Bluetooth chip. It is not limited to wake up when the RSSI of the main Bluetooth chip is greater than the set threshold. For example, it can also wake up the ranging Bluetooth chip when the main Bluetooth chip and the Bluetooth chip establish a connection.
  • the second electronic device is a Bluetooth electronic scale
  • the first application is a weight scale application.
  • the first electronic device is also used to receive weight data from the Bluetooth electronic scale through the Bluetooth connection with the Bluetooth electronic scale. For example, when the Bluetooth connection is re-established, the weight data is transmitted to the first electronic device.
  • the first electronic device can also display the weight data through the weight scale application. In this way, even if the weight scale application is cleared by the system, there is still no need for the user to manually open the weight scale application on the first electronic device.
  • the weight scale application When the first electronic device scans the Bluetooth broadcast signal sent by the weight scale, the weight scale application is When closed, start the weight scale application to realize the establishment of a Bluetooth connection channel between the two devices, which improves the convenience of transmitting weight data, thereby improving the experience of uploading weight data to the electronic device without feeling.
  • the first electronic device is also used to receive data from the wristband (such as Sleep, exercise data). For example, when the Bluetooth connection is re-established, the sleep and exercise data are transmitted to the first electronic device.
  • the first electronic device can also display the sleep and exercise data through the bracelet application. In this way, even if the bracelet application is cleaned up by the system, there is still no need for the user to manually open the bracelet application on the first electronic device.
  • the bracelet application When the first electronic device scans the Bluetooth broadcast signal sent by the bracelet, the bracelet application is closed In the case of starting the bracelet application to establish a Bluetooth connection path between the two devices, it improves the convenience of transmitting sleep and exercise data, thereby improving the experience of uploading sleep and exercise data to the electronic device without feeling.
  • the first preset condition includes: the first application is cleared by the system; or the received signal strength RRSI of the first electronic device is less than a set threshold, the first An application is activated.
  • the first electronic device can perform a Bluetooth scan to re-establish the Bluetooth connection.
  • passive disconnection refers to the disconnection of the Bluetooth connection due to poor signal quality due to the long distance of the Bluetooth connection or other reasons.
  • the Bluetooth connection between the Bluetooth chip and the main Bluetooth chip is passively disconnected
  • the "connection timeout" error code will be received.
  • the distance between the first electronic device and the car that is, the distance is too far
  • causes the two devices to fail to communicate that is, the Bluetooth connection is disconnected.
  • Another example is when the two devices cannot communicate with each other due to obstructions or other reasons, that is, the Bluetooth connection is disconnected.
  • the Bluetooth received signal strength RRSI is lower than the threshold, the two devices cannot communicate, that is, the Bluetooth connection is disconnected.
  • the Bluetooth proxy module on the first electronic device recognizes that the Bluetooth connection is passively disconnected, the Bluetooth proxy module instructs the Bluetooth chip to scan the Bluetooth broadcast signal.
  • the first electronic device closes the depot, so that the Bluetooth connection between the Bluetooth chip and the main Bluetooth chip is disconnected.
  • the Bluetooth connection is also passively disconnected.
  • the Bluetooth proxy module instructs the Bluetooth chip to scan the Bluetooth broadcast signal.
  • the first electronic device is specifically configured to scan for Bluetooth broadcast signals when the first application is closed in response to the disconnection of the Bluetooth connection; the first electronic device The device is also configured to send the connection back request to the second electronic device when the first application is cleared by the system in response to the disconnection of the Bluetooth connection.
  • the first electronic device is specifically configured to scan for Bluetooth broadcast signals within a set time when the Bluetooth connection with the second electronic device is disconnected;
  • the first electronic device is further configured to stop scanning the Bluetooth broadcast signal when the first Bluetooth broadcast signal is not scanned within the set time.
  • the Bluetooth chip on the first electronic device can be in a different state.
  • the channel initiates a connection request and performs a Bluetooth scan respectively.
  • the Bluetooth chip can support multi-channel connections.
  • one channel of the Bluetooth chip (such as channel 1) can be in the initiating state to connect back to the main Bluetooth chip of the car and the other channel (such as channel 2) It can be in scanning state for Bluetooth scanning.
  • the Bluetooth chip can re-establish the Bluetooth connection with the main Bluetooth chip through any of the above channels.
  • the Bluetooth chip can stop the connection process on channel 2.
  • the Bluetooth chip can stop the connection process on channel 1. In this way, the main Bluetooth chip of the car and the car is connected back through the two channels, which can improve the back-connection efficiency.
  • the first electronic device is specifically configured to detect the registration of the first application when the scanned first broadcast signal carries the device information of the second electronic device Whether the information is legal; when the registration information of the first application is legal, start the first application.
  • the wallet APP can re-verify the registration information of the APP.
  • the wallet server corresponding to the wallet APP no longer recognizes the car factory server, the list of approved manufacturer names stored locally in the wallet server no longer contains the car factory server name. In this way, when the Bluetooth connection is re-established, the legality of the registration information is verified in real time, which can improve security.
  • the first electronic device is further configured to display a first user interface, the first user interface includes a first control, and the first control is used to disconnect from the Bluetooth connection between the second electronic device;
  • the first electronic device is further configured to disconnect the Bluetooth connection with the second electronic device in response to a user operation on the first control, and no longer scan for Bluetooth broadcast signals.
  • the Bluetooth connection between the first electronic device and the second electronic device is a Bluetooth low energy BLE connection or a classic Bluetooth BR/EDR connection.
  • the Bluetooth scan may be a BLE scan, and the Bluetooth chip is in the scanning state at this time.
  • the main Bluetooth chip of the second electronic device sends a Bluetooth broadcast signal, and the main Bluetooth chip may be in an advertising state.
  • the Bluetooth chip initiates a connection back to the main Bluetooth chip, the Bluetooth chip 101 enters the initiating state.
  • the Bluetooth chip 101 enters the connection state from the initiating state, and the main Bluetooth chip enters the connection state from advertising, so that the Bluetooth chip and the main Bluetooth chip are connected back to re-establish a connection.
  • the Bluetooth chip and the main Bluetooth chip have been paired during the registration process.
  • the Bluetooth scan can be a BR/EDR scan, and the Bluetooth chip is in the inquiry state at this time.
  • the main Bluetooth chip sends a Bluetooth broadcast signal, and the main Bluetooth chip can be in the inquiry scan state.
  • the Bluetooth chip initiates a connection back to the main Bluetooth chip that has already been connected to Bluetooth.
  • the Bluetooth chip may page the main Bluetooth chip to establish a Bluetooth connection between the Bluetooth chip and the main Bluetooth chip.
  • the device information of the second electronic device includes the MAC address of the media access control bit of the second electronic device, the vehicle identification code VIN of the second electronic device, and the second electronic device. 2.
  • the Bluetooth chip 101 of the first electronic device can obtain the MAC address carried by the scanned Bluetooth broadcast signal, and compare it with the MAC address of the second electronic device stored locally.
  • the first electronic device can start the first application.
  • the first electronic device is further configured to obtain device information of the second electronic device when establishing a Bluetooth connection with the second electronic device; the first electronic device , Is also used to detect whether the registration information of the first application is legal, the registration information of the first application contains the device information of the second electronic device; the first electronic device is also used to detect whether the registration information of the first application is legal When the device information of the second electronic device is stored, the stored device information of the second electronic device is used by the first electronic device to scan the first broadcast signal.
  • the first electronic device on the depot APP can send registration information to the wallet APP.
  • the registration information may include the MAC address (first MAC address) of the car, the package name of the APP, the brand of the car, and so on.
  • the registration information may also include a certificate and/or signature information.
  • the certificate and/or signature information is issued to the depot APP by the depot server, for example, may be issued to the depot APP when the electronic device is installed with the depot APP.
  • the first electronic device is specifically configured to: obtain a first certificate from a server, the first certificate is used to prove the authority of the first application; Whether the registration information of the first application is legal.
  • the Bluetooth proxy module 105 of the first electronic device can store the registration information that has passed the authorization verification, for example, the registration information of the aforementioned depot APP.
  • the car factory server can also send the ciphertext for unlocking to the wallet APP of the first electronic device and the MCU of the car machine.
  • the wallet APP stores the ciphertext used for unlocking in the SE
  • the MCU of the car machine stores the ciphertext used for unlocking in the car machine SE.
  • the ciphertext used for unlocking can be set by the user in the app of the car factory, or can be generated according to the password set by the user in the app of the car factory.
  • the first electronic device can be displayed on the negative screen and the car factory APP
  • the user interface of the wallet and the user interface of the wallet APP display controls for unlocking.
  • the electronic device can perform cipher text verification through the Bluetooth connection with the car machine, and then unlock the car door.
  • the negative one-screen interface refers to the screen used to display information on the left side of the multiple desktop screens of the system; among them, the desktop screen is used to place application programs or small component diagrams.
  • the first electronic device is also installed with a second application, the depot application is connected to the second application, the second application is connected to the secure storage area, and the secure storage area
  • the first ciphertext is stored; the first electronic device is specifically used to obtain the first ciphertext from the secure storage area through the depot application and the second application, and send the first ciphertext to the car machine.
  • the first electronic device may stop scanning for Bluetooth broadcast signals.
  • the second electronic device can also stop broadcasting the Bluetooth broadcast signal.
  • the Bluetooth proxy module may send a fifth notification to the Bluetooth chip. The fifth notification is used to instruct the Bluetooth chip to turn off the Bluetooth scanning function, that is, stop performing Bluetooth scanning.
  • the Bluetooth protocol stack may send a notification to the Bluetooth proxy module.
  • the Bluetooth connection between the Bluetooth chip and the main Bluetooth chip is re-established, it is no longer necessary to scan the Bluetooth broadcast signal and turn off the Bluetooth scanning function, thereby saving power consumption.
  • the Bluetooth proxy module in the first electronic device can time the duration of the Bluetooth scan. Specifically, the Bluetooth proxy module counts the time for the Bluetooth chip to perform the Bluetooth scan according to the duration of the Bluetooth scan. When the timing time exceeds the duration of the Bluetooth scan, the Bluetooth proxy module can notify the Bluetooth chip to turn off the Bluetooth scan function, that is, stop performing the Bluetooth scan.
  • the first electronic device records the remaining Bluetooth scanning time and performs scanning.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a Bluetooth connection method.
  • a first application is installed on a first electronic device, and the first application is associated with the second electronic device.
  • the method includes: the first electronic device and the second electronic device.
  • the second electronic device establishes a Bluetooth connection; when the first preset condition is met, the Bluetooth connection between the first electronic device and the second electronic device is disconnected; in response to the disconnection of the Bluetooth connection, the first electronic device scans for Bluetooth Broadcast signal; when the scanned first broadcast signal carries the device information of the second electronic device, the first electronic device starts the first application; the first electronic device sends to the second electronic device through the first application Connection back request; when receiving a response data packet sent by the second electronic device, the first electronic device establishes a Bluetooth connection with the second electronic device.
  • the Bluetooth connection method provided by the second aspect can be implemented. Even if the first application is cleaned up by the system, the user does not need to manually open the first application on the electronic device.
  • the first electronic device can scan the Bluetooth broadcast sent by the second electronic device. When the signal is signaled, the first application is started when the first application is closed to realize the establishment of a Bluetooth connection path between the two devices, so as to realize data transmission between the two devices in a senseless manner.
  • the first preset condition includes: the first application is cleared by the system; or the received signal strength RRSI of the first electronic device is less than a set threshold, the first An application is activated.
  • the scanning of the Bluetooth broadcast signal by the first electronic device in response to the disconnection of the Bluetooth connection includes: in response to the disconnection of the Bluetooth connection, when the first application is closed In the state, the first electronic device scans the Bluetooth broadcast signal; the method further includes: in response to the disconnection of the Bluetooth connection, when the first application is cleared by the system, sending the connection back request to the second electronic device.
  • the scanning of the Bluetooth broadcast signal by the first electronic device in response to the disconnection of the Bluetooth connection includes: in response to the disconnection of the Bluetooth connection, the first electronic device is setting Scanning for Bluetooth broadcast signals within a fixed time; the method further includes: when the first electronic device does not scan to carry the first Bluetooth broadcast signal within the set time, the first electronic device stops scanning for the Bluetooth broadcast signal.
  • the first electronic device when the scanned first broadcast signal carries the device information of the second electronic device, the first electronic device starts the first application, including: When the first broadcast signal carries the device information of the second electronic device, the first electronic device detects whether the registration information of the first application is legal; when the registration information of the first application is legal, the first electronic device starts the second electronic device One application.
  • the method further includes: the first electronic device displays a first user interface, the first user interface includes a first control, and the first control is used to disconnect from Bluetooth connection between the second electronic device; in response to a user operation on the first control, the first electronic device disconnects the Bluetooth connection with the second electronic device, and no longer scans for Bluetooth broadcast signals.
  • the second electronic device is a car machine
  • the first application is a car factory application
  • the method It also includes: the first electronic device receives a ciphertext verification instruction from the vehicle vehicle through the Bluetooth connection with the vehicle vehicle; the first electronic device sends the first cipher text to the vehicle through the vehicle factory application
  • the first ciphertext is used for the automobile vehicle to verify the ciphertext to open the automobile lock.
  • the Bluetooth connection between the first electronic device and the second electronic device is a Bluetooth low energy BLE connection or a classic Bluetooth BR/EDR connection.
  • the device information of the second electronic device includes one of the MAC address of the second electronic device, the VIN of the second electronic device, and the UUID of the second electronic device Or more.
  • the method further includes: when establishing a Bluetooth connection with the second electronic device, the first electronic device obtains the device information of the second electronic device; the first electronic device The device detects whether the registration information of the first application is legal, and the registration information of the first application includes the device information of the second electronic device; when the registration information of the first application is legal, the first electronic device stores the second electronic device.
  • the device information of the device, and the stored device information of the second electronic device is used by the first electronic device to scan the first broadcast signal.
  • the first electronic device detecting whether the registration information of the first application is legal includes: the first electronic device obtains a first certificate from a server, and the first certificate is used for Prove the authority of the first application; the first electronic device detects whether the registration information of the first application is legal according to the first certificate.
  • the first electronic device is also installed with a second application, the depot application is connected to the second application, the second application is connected to the secure storage area, and the secure storage area
  • the first ciphertext is stored; the first electronic device sends the first ciphertext to the car machine through the depot application, including: the first electronic device uses the depot application and the second application to obtain the security
  • the storage area obtains the first ciphertext, and sends the first ciphertext to the vehicle.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a first electronic device, including: one or more processors; a memory; a Bluetooth chip; the Bluetooth chip supports classic Bluetooth BR/EDR and low energy Bluetooth BLE; multiple Application programs; the plurality of application programs include a first application; the first application is used to enable the first electronic device to establish a Bluetooth connection with the second electronic device when in the activated state; and one or more computer programs, wherein The one or more computer programs are stored in the memory, and the one or more computer programs include instructions, and when the instructions are executed by the first electronic device, the first electronic device executes the following Steps: establishing a Bluetooth connection with the second electronic device; when the first preset condition is met, the Bluetooth connection with the second electronic device is disconnected; in response to the disconnection of the Bluetooth connection, scanning for Bluetooth broadcast signals When the scanned first broadcast signal carries the device information of the second electronic device, start the first application; send a connection back request to the second electronic device through the first application; when all information is received In response to the data packet sent by the second
  • the first electronic device can scan the Bluetooth broadcast sent by the second electronic device.
  • the first application is started when the first application is closed to realize the establishment of a Bluetooth connection path between the two devices, so as to realize data transmission between the two devices in a senseless manner.
  • the first preset condition includes: the first application is cleared by the system; or the received signal strength RRSI of the first electronic device is less than a set threshold , The first application is in an activated state.
  • the first electronic device when the instruction is executed by the first electronic device, the first electronic device is caused to specifically perform the following steps: in response to the Bluetooth connection being disconnected, when When the first application is in the closed state, scan the Bluetooth broadcast signal; when the instruction is executed by the first electronic device, the first electronic device is caused to further perform the following steps: in response to the disconnection of the Bluetooth connection, When the first application is cleared by the system, the connection request is sent to the second electronic device.
  • the first electronic device when the instruction is executed by the first electronic device, the first electronic device is caused to specifically perform the following steps: in response to the disconnection of the Bluetooth connection, Scan the Bluetooth broadcast signal within the set time; when the instruction is executed by the first electronic device, the first electronic device further executes the following steps: when the first electronic device is not within the set time When scanning to carry the first Bluetooth broadcast signal, stop scanning for the Bluetooth broadcast signal.
  • the first electronic device when the instruction is executed by the first electronic device, the first electronic device is caused to specifically perform the following steps: when the scanned first broadcast signal carries all When the device information of the second electronic device is described, it is detected whether the registration information of the first application is legal; when the registration information of the first application is legal, the first application is started.
  • the first electronic device when the instruction is executed by the first electronic device, the first electronic device is caused to further execute the following steps: displaying a first user interface, and The user interface includes a first control, and the first control is used to disconnect the Bluetooth connection with the second electronic device; in response to a user operation on the first control, disconnect from the second electronic device.
  • the Bluetooth connection between the two electronic devices no longer scans for Bluetooth broadcast signals.
  • the second electronic device is a car machine
  • the first application is a car factory application
  • the first electronic device establishes a Bluetooth connection with the second electronic device
  • the first electronic device is caused to further perform the following steps: receive the secret from the car and the car through the Bluetooth connection with the car and the car. Text verification instruction; the first ciphertext is sent to the car machine through the car factory application, and the first ciphertext is used for the car machine to verify the ciphertext to open the car lock.
  • the Bluetooth connection between the first electronic device and the second electronic device is a Bluetooth low energy BLE connection or a classic Bluetooth BR/EDR connection.
  • the device information of the second electronic device includes the MAC address of the second electronic device, the VIN of the second electronic device, and the One or more of UUIDs.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a Bluetooth chip that is applied to a first electronic device, the chip includes one or more processors, and the processor is used to invoke computer instructions to make the first electronic device execute The method described in the second aspect and any possible implementation of the second aspect.
  • the present application provides a computer storage medium, including computer instructions, which when the computer instructions run on an electronic device, cause the electronic device to perform any possible implementation such as the second aspect and the second aspect Bluetooth connection method provided by the method.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a computer program product, which when the computer program product runs on a computer, causes the computer to execute the Bluetooth connection method provided in the second aspect and any one of the possible implementation manners of the second aspect.
  • the electronic equipment described in the third aspect, the Bluetooth chip described in the fourth aspect, the computer storage medium described in the fifth aspect, or the computer program product described in the sixth aspect provided above are all used to execute the third aspect.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of the architecture of a Bluetooth system provided by an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of the architecture of a Bluetooth system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic flowchart of a BLE connection method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic structural diagram of an electronic device 10 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5 is a block diagram of the software structure of the electronic device 10 according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of the architecture of a Bluetooth system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic flow chart of the APP102 registration process of a car factory provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart of a process of unlocking a car lock without feeling provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic flowchart of a Bluetooth scanning method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of a user interface provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 11A and 11B are schematic diagrams of some user interfaces provided by embodiments of the present application.
  • FIGS. 12A and 12B are schematic diagrams of some user interfaces provided by embodiments of the present application.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of a Bluetooth system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of the architecture of a Bluetooth system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram of the architecture of a Bluetooth system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic flowchart of a business transaction method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic diagram of the architecture of a Bluetooth system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic diagram of the architecture of a Bluetooth system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 19 is a schematic flowchart of the APP 102 registration process provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 20 is a schematic flowchart of a business transaction method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 21 is a schematic diagram of the process of APP 102 deregistration provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 22 is a schematic diagram of the architecture of a Bluetooth system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 23 is a schematic flowchart of a service execution method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 24 is a schematic diagram of the architecture of a Bluetooth system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 25 is a schematic flowchart of the APP 102 registration process provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 26 is a schematic flowchart of a service execution method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 27 is a schematic diagram of the architecture of a Bluetooth system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Non-sense business includes non-sense unlocking, non-sense payment, etc.
  • the following is an example of the application scenario of non-inductive opening of the car lock in combination with the system architecture.
  • the embodiments of the present application are not limited to the application scenarios of non-sense unlocking, and may also include other business processes implemented by Bluetooth functions, such as non-sense payment scenarios, accessories (such as Bluetooth electronic scales), and wearable devices (such as The scenario of uploading data to an electronic device, such as a bracelet or a watch, is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of the architecture of a Bluetooth system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the Bluetooth system includes an electronic device 10 and a Bluetooth device 20 (for example, a car 20).
  • the car machine 20 can broadcast a Bluetooth broadcast signal.
  • the electronic device 10 may be installed with a car manufacturer application (application, APP) corresponding to the car machine 20.
  • APP car manufacturer application
  • the depot APP When the depot APP is in the open state, when the user is carrying the electronic device 10 close to the car machine 20, the electronic device 10 can receive the Bluetooth broadcast signal, and the depot APP can establish a communication connection with the car through the Bluetooth broadcast signal.
  • the car machine 20 can complete the safety verification through the communication connection, and if the safety verification succeeds, the car lock is automatically opened.
  • the user does not need to manually operate the APP on the electronic device 10, and the car lock can be automatically opened without any sense, and the car lock can be unlocked without any sense.
  • the principle of establishing a communication connection and automatically unlocking the car please refer to the example described in FIG. 2.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of the architecture of a Bluetooth system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the electronic device 10 and the car machine 20 may establish a communication connection, and the communication connection may be a Bluetooth connection.
  • the electronic device 10 when the user carries the electronic device 10 close to the car machine 20, the electronic device 10 establishes a Bluetooth communication connection with the car machine 20.
  • the electronic device 10 includes a Bluetooth chip 101, a car manufacturer APP 102, and a secure element (SE) 104.
  • the SE 104 includes an applet.
  • the APP102 and SE 104 of the car manufacturer can be connected through the Open Mobile Alliance application programming interface (open mobile alliance application programming interface, OMA API) 103 (OMA API 103 not shown in the figure).
  • OMA API 103 is an interface for calling applets in SE through a rich execution environment (REE).
  • the car machine 20 includes a car Bluetooth chip 201 and a car machine SE 202.
  • the car SE 202 includes a car applet.
  • the car Bluetooth chip 201 and the car SE 202 can also be connected through the car's OMA API.
  • the SE 104 applet can contain ciphertext for unlocking.
  • the car SE 202 also contains a ciphertext for unlocking.
  • the cipher text in the applet of SE 104 corresponds to the cipher text of SE 202 in a one-to-one correspondence.
  • the server of the car factory may establish a secure channel with the SE 104 of the electronic device 10 and the car SE 202 of the car car 20 respectively, and put the same ciphertext into the SE 104 and SE 202 respectively.
  • the following describes the process of disconnecting and re-establishing the communication connection between the electronic device 10 and the car machine 20 by taking the BLE connection as an example in conjunction with the schematic diagram of the architecture shown in FIG. 2.
  • the user carries the electronic device 10 away from the car, so that the BLE connection between the electronic device 10 and the car machine 20 is disconnected.
  • the depot APP 102 on the electronic device 10 is cleared by the system.
  • the user brings the electronic device 10 close to the car again, the user manually activates the depot APP 102 on the electronic device 10 to re-establish the connection between the electronic device 10 and the car machine 20. BLE connection.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic flowchart of a BLE connection method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the BLE connection method includes:
  • the electronic device 10 is in the activated state on the APP 102 of the depot, and a BLE connection is established between the Bluetooth chip 101 and the car Bluetooth chip 201.
  • step S103 is executed to perform the connection back.
  • the electronic device 10 still performs the reconnection step of step S103.
  • the draw distance refers to that the distance between the electronic device 10 and the car machine 20 is too far.
  • the two devices cannot communicate with each other, that is, the BLE connection is disconnected.
  • the BLE connection between the Bluetooth chip 101 and the car Bluetooth chip 201 is disconnected due to the excessive distance between the two devices, the electronic device 10 is still in the running state on the depot APP 102.
  • the depot APP102 can run in the background or in the foreground.
  • the Bluetooth chip 101 sends a connection request to the in-vehicle Bluetooth chip 201.
  • the Bluetooth chip 101 may be in an initiating state.
  • the Bluetooth chip 101 can send a connection request to the car Bluetooth chip 201 and listen to the broadcast channel message of the car Bluetooth chip 201.
  • the Bluetooth chip 101 listens to the broadcast signal from the car Bluetooth chip 201, it responds to establish a BLE connection between the Bluetooth chip 101 and the car Bluetooth chip 201.
  • For the process of establishing a connection refer to step S201 in the example described in FIG. 6 describe.
  • it receives a broadcast signal from another device it does not respond.
  • the BLE connection can be used for the communication between the car Bluetooth chip 201 and the car manufacturer APP 102 during the process of opening the car lock.
  • the car machine 20 can send a cipher text verification instruction to the electronic device 10 through the communication connection.
  • the electronic device 10 After receiving the cipher text verification instruction, the electronic device 10 sends the cipher text in the applet of the SE 104 to the vehicle machine 20 via the communication connection.
  • the car machine 20 compares the received ciphertext with the ciphertext in the car machine SE 202, and if the comparison passes (for example, if the two ciphertexts are the same, the comparison passes), the car lock is opened.
  • step S104 The APP102 of the depot is cleared by the system of the electronic device 10, and step S105 is executed.
  • the depot APP102 is in the closed state.
  • the Bluetooth chip 102 can learn that the depot APP 102 has been cleaned up by the system of the electronic device 10, and step S105 is executed.
  • the Bluetooth chip 101 stops listening to the broadcast channel message.
  • the Bluetooth chip 101 stops listening for broadcast channel messages.
  • the depot APP 102 is closed on the electronic device 10, which may include but is not limited to the following situations: (1) In response to the user's closing operation, the electronic device 10 closes the depot APP 102. (2) The depot APP 102 is cleared by the system. For example, when the depot APP 102 runs in the background of the electronic device 10 system for longer than a preset time, the electronic device 10 can shut down the depot APP 102 to reduce power consumption.
  • the user When the user carries the electronic device 10 close to the car machine 20, when the depot APP 102 is closed on the electronic device 10 (for example, it is cleared by the system of the electronic device 10), the user is required to manually open the depot APP 102 to re-establish the BLE connection.
  • step S106 In response to the user's operation, the electronic device 10 is activated on the depot APP 102, and step S107 is executed.
  • the electronic device 10 activates the depot APP 102 and displays the user interface of the depot APP 102.
  • the APP 102 of the car manufacturer notifies the Bluetooth chip 101 to start listening to the broadcast channel message.
  • the Bluetooth chip 101 can enter the Initiating state again.
  • the Bluetooth chip 101 sends a connection request to the car Bluetooth chip, and listens to the broadcast signal from the car Bluetooth chip 201.
  • the Bluetooth chip 101 re-establishes the BLE connection with the car Bluetooth chip 201.
  • the Bluetooth chip 101 can store the media access control (MAC) address of the car machine 20, and the Bluetooth broadcast signal broadcast by the car Bluetooth chip 201 contains the MAC address of the car machine 20, and the Bluetooth chip After listening to the Bluetooth broadcast signal from the car Bluetooth chip 201, 101 establishes a BLE connection with the car Bluetooth chip 201.
  • MAC media access control
  • the embodiment of the present application takes the MAC address of the car machine 20 as an example for introduction, but it is not limited to the MAC address.
  • the Bluetooth broadcast signal broadcast by the car Bluetooth chip 201 may also carry other parameters indicating the car, such as the frame number. (Vehicle identification number (VIN)), etc., which are not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a Bluetooth connection method.
  • the electronic device 10 turns on the Bluetooth scanning function and starts scanning for Bluetooth broadcast signals.
  • the electronic device 10 can scan the Bluetooth broadcast signal sent by the car machine 20.
  • the electronic device 10 can start the car factory APP 102 when the car factory APP 102 is cleared by the system.
  • the electronic device 10 can perform Bluetooth back-connection to the car machine 20 through the car factory APP and the Bluetooth chip 101. In this way, the electronic device 10 can establish a communication connection between the car factory APP 102 and the car Bluetooth chip 201 in the car machine, so as to realize the non-inductive opening of the car lock.
  • the Bluetooth connection method provided by the embodiment of the present application, even if the depot APP 102 is cleared by the system, there is still no need for the user to manually open the depot APP 102 on the electronic device 10, and the electronic device 10 can start the depot APP 102 to unlock the car lock without feeling. In this way, the convenience of opening the car lock of the car is improved, thereby improving the experience of unconsciously opening the car lock.
  • the electronic device 10 After the electronic device 10 is successfully connected to the Bluetooth of the car, the electronic device 10 can turn off the Bluetooth scanning function to reduce power consumption.
  • the embodiment of the present application takes a Bluetooth connection as an example for introduction.
  • the Bluetooth connection in the embodiment of the present application may be a BLE connection or a BR/EDR connection.
  • the embodiments of the present application are not limited to Bluetooth connections, and may also be other short-range wireless communication connections, such as Wi-Fi connections, ZigBee connections, etc., which are not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic structural diagram of an electronic device 10 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the electronic device 10 shown in FIG. 4 is only an example, and the electronic device 10 may have more or fewer components than those shown in FIG. 4, two or more components may be combined, or Can have different component configurations.
  • the various components shown in the figure may be implemented in hardware, software, or a combination of hardware and software including one or more signal processing and/or application specific integrated circuits.
  • the electronic device 10 may include: a processor 110, an external memory interface 120, an internal memory 121, a universal serial bus (USB) interface 130, a charging management module 140, a power management module 141, a battery 142, an antenna 1, an antenna 2.
  • Mobile communication module 150 wireless communication module 160, audio module 170, speaker 170A, receiver 170B, microphone 170C, earphone jack 170D, sensor module 180, buttons 190, motor 191, indicator 192, camera 193, display 194, And subscriber identification module (subscriber identification module, SIM) card interface 195 and so on.
  • SIM subscriber identification module
  • the sensor module 180 may include a pressure sensor 180A, a gyroscope sensor 180B, an air pressure sensor 180C, a magnetic sensor 180D, an acceleration sensor 180E, a distance sensor 180F, a proximity sensor 180G, a fingerprint sensor 180H, a temperature sensor 180J, a touch sensor 180K, and ambient light Sensor 180L, bone conduction sensor 180M, etc.
  • the structure illustrated in the embodiment of the present invention does not constitute a specific limitation on the electronic device 10.
  • the electronic device 10 may include more or fewer components than shown, or combine certain components, or split certain components, or arrange different components.
  • the illustrated components can be implemented in hardware, software, or a combination of software and hardware.
  • the processor 110 may include one or more processing units.
  • the processor 110 may include an application processor (AP), a modem processor, a graphics processing unit (GPU), and an image signal processor. (image signal processor, ISP), controller, memory, video codec, digital signal processor (digital signal processor, DSP), baseband processor, and/or neural-network processing unit (NPU) Wait.
  • AP application processor
  • modem processor modem processor
  • GPU graphics processing unit
  • image signal processor image signal processor
  • ISP image signal processor
  • controller memory
  • video codec digital signal processor
  • DSP digital signal processor
  • NPU neural-network processing unit
  • the different processing units may be independent devices or integrated in one or more processors.
  • the controller may be the nerve center and command center of the electronic device 10.
  • the controller can generate operation control signals according to the instruction operation code and timing signals to complete the control of fetching instructions and executing instructions.
  • a memory may also be provided in the processor 110 to store instructions and data.
  • the memory in the processor 110 is a cache memory.
  • the memory can store instructions or data that have just been used or recycled by the processor 110. If the processor 110 needs to use the instruction or data again, it can be directly called from the memory. Repeated accesses are avoided, the waiting time of the processor 110 is reduced, and the efficiency of the system is improved.
  • the processor 110 may include one or more interfaces.
  • the interface may include an integrated circuit (inter-integrated circuit, I2C) interface, an integrated circuit built-in audio (inter-integrated circuit sound, I2S) interface, a pulse code modulation (pulse code modulation, PCM) interface, a universal asynchronous transceiver receiver/transmitter, UART) interface, mobile industry processor interface (MIPI), general-purpose input/output (GPIO) interface, subscriber identity module (SIM) interface, and / Or Universal Serial Bus (USB) interface, etc.
  • I2C integrated circuit
  • I2S integrated circuit built-in audio
  • PCM pulse code modulation
  • PCM pulse code modulation
  • UART universal asynchronous transceiver receiver/transmitter
  • MIPI mobile industry processor interface
  • GPIO general-purpose input/output
  • SIM subscriber identity module
  • USB Universal Serial Bus
  • the I2C interface is a bidirectional synchronous serial bus, including a serial data line (SDA) and a serial clock line (SCL).
  • the processor 110 may include multiple sets of I2C buses.
  • the processor 110 may be coupled to the touch sensor 180K, charger, flash, camera 193, etc., respectively through different I2C bus interfaces.
  • the processor 110 may couple the touch sensor 180K through an I2C interface, so that the processor 110 and the touch sensor 180K communicate through the I2C bus interface to realize the touch function of the electronic device 10.
  • the I2S interface can be used for audio communication.
  • the processor 110 may include multiple sets of I2S buses.
  • the processor 110 may be coupled with the audio module 170 through an I2S bus to implement communication between the processor 110 and the audio module 170.
  • the audio module 170 may transmit audio signals to the wireless communication module 160 through an I2S interface, so as to realize the function of answering calls through a Bluetooth headset.
  • the PCM interface can also be used for audio communication to sample, quantize and encode analog signals.
  • the audio module 170 and the wireless communication module 160 may be coupled through a PCM bus interface.
  • the audio module 170 may also transmit audio signals to the wireless communication module 160 through the PCM interface, so as to realize the function of answering calls through the Bluetooth headset. Both the I2S interface and the PCM interface can be used for audio communication.
  • the UART interface is a universal serial data bus used for asynchronous communication.
  • the bus can be a two-way communication bus. It converts the data to be transmitted between serial communication and parallel communication.
  • the UART interface is generally used to connect the processor 110 and the wireless communication module 160.
  • the processor 110 communicates with the Bluetooth module in the wireless communication module 160 through the UART interface to realize the Bluetooth function.
  • the audio module 170 may transmit audio signals to the wireless communication module 160 through a UART interface, so as to realize the function of playing music through a Bluetooth headset.
  • the MIPI interface can be used to connect the processor 110 with the display screen 194, the camera 193 and other peripheral devices.
  • the MIPI interface includes a camera serial interface (camera serial interface, CSI), a display serial interface (display serial interface, DSI), and so on.
  • the processor 110 and the camera 193 communicate through a CSI interface to implement the shooting function of the electronic device 10.
  • the processor 110 and the display screen 194 communicate through a DSI interface to realize the display function of the electronic device 10.
  • the GPIO interface can be configured through software.
  • the GPIO interface can be configured as a control signal or as a data signal.
  • the GPIO interface can be used to connect the processor 110 with the camera 193, the display screen 194, the wireless communication module 160, the audio module 170, the sensor module 180, and so on.
  • the GPIO interface can also be configured as an I2C interface, I2S interface, UART interface, MIPI interface, etc.
  • the USB interface 130 is an interface that complies with the USB standard specification, and specifically may be a Mini USB interface, a Micro USB interface, a USB Type C interface, and so on.
  • the USB interface 130 can be used to connect a charger to charge the electronic device 10, and can also be used to transfer data between the electronic device 10 and peripheral devices. It can also be used to connect earphones and play audio through earphones. This interface can also be used to connect other electronic devices, such as AR devices.
  • the interface connection relationship between the modules illustrated in the embodiment of the present invention is merely a schematic description, and does not constitute a structural limitation of the electronic device 10.
  • the electronic device 10 may also adopt different interface connection modes in the foregoing embodiments, or a combination of multiple interface connection modes.
  • the charging management module 140 is used to receive charging input from the charger.
  • the charger can be a wireless charger or a wired charger.
  • the charging management module 140 may receive the charging input of the wired charger through the USB interface 130.
  • the charging management module 140 may receive the wireless charging input through the wireless charging coil of the electronic device 10. While the charging management module 140 charges the battery 142, it can also supply power to the electronic device through the power management module 141.
  • the power management module 141 is used to connect the battery 142, the charging management module 140 and the processor 110.
  • the power management module 141 receives input from the battery 142 and/or the charging management module 140, and supplies power to the processor 110, the internal memory 121, the external memory, the display screen 194, the camera 193, and the wireless communication module 160.
  • the power management module 141 can also be used to monitor parameters such as battery capacity, battery cycle times, and battery health status (leakage, impedance).
  • the power management module 141 may also be provided in the processor 110.
  • the power management module 141 and the charging management module 140 may also be provided in the same device.
  • the wireless communication function of the electronic device 10 can be realized by the antenna 1, the antenna 2, the mobile communication module 150, the wireless communication module 160, the modem processor, and the baseband processor.
  • the antenna 1 and the antenna 2 are used to transmit and receive electromagnetic wave signals.
  • Each antenna in the electronic device 10 can be used to cover a single or multiple communication frequency bands. Different antennas can also be reused to improve antenna utilization.
  • Antenna 1 can be multiplexed as a diversity antenna of a wireless local area network.
  • the antenna can be used in combination with a tuning switch.
  • the mobile communication module 150 may provide a wireless communication solution including 2G/3G/4G/5G and the like applied to the electronic device 10.
  • the mobile communication module 150 may include at least one filter, a switch, a power amplifier, a low noise amplifier (LNA), and the like.
  • the mobile communication module 150 can receive electromagnetic waves by the antenna 1, and perform processing such as filtering, amplifying and transmitting the received electromagnetic waves to the modem processor for demodulation.
  • the mobile communication module 150 can also amplify the signal modulated by the modem processor, and convert it into electromagnetic waves for radiation via the antenna 1.
  • at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 150 may be provided in the processor 110.
  • at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 150 and at least part of the modules of the processor 110 may be provided in the same device.
  • the modem processor may include a modulator and a demodulator.
  • the modulator is used to modulate the low frequency baseband signal to be sent into a medium and high frequency signal.
  • the demodulator is used to demodulate the received electromagnetic wave signal into a low-frequency baseband signal.
  • the demodulator then transmits the demodulated low-frequency baseband signal to the baseband processor for processing.
  • the application processor outputs a sound signal through an audio device (not limited to the speaker 170A, the receiver 170B, etc.), or displays an image or video through the display screen 194.
  • the modem processor may be an independent device.
  • the modem processor may be independent of the processor 110 and be provided in the same device as the mobile communication module 150 or other functional modules.
  • the wireless communication module 160 can provide applications on the electronic device 10 including wireless local area networks (WLAN) (such as wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) networks), bluetooth (BT), and global navigation satellites.
  • WLAN wireless local area networks
  • BT wireless fidelity
  • GNSS global navigation satellite system
  • FM frequency modulation
  • NFC near field communication technology
  • infrared technology infrared, IR
  • the wireless communication module 160 may be one or more devices integrating at least one communication processing module.
  • the wireless communication module 160 receives electromagnetic waves via the antenna 2, frequency modulates and filters the electromagnetic wave signals, and sends the processed signals to the processor 110.
  • the wireless communication module 160 may also receive a signal to be sent from the processor 110, perform frequency modulation, amplify, and convert it into electromagnetic waves to radiate through the antenna 2.
  • the antenna 1 of the electronic device 10 is coupled with the mobile communication module 150, and the antenna 2 is coupled with the wireless communication module 160, so that the electronic device 10 can communicate with the network and other devices through wireless communication technology.
  • the wireless communication technology may include global system for mobile communications (GSM), general packet radio service (GPRS), code division multiple access (CDMA), broadband Code division multiple access (wideband code division multiple access, WCDMA), time-division code division multiple access (TD-SCDMA), long term evolution (LTE), BT, GNSS, WLAN, NFC , FM, and/or IR technology, etc.
  • the GNSS may include global positioning system (GPS), global navigation satellite system (GLONASS), Beidou navigation satellite system (BDS), quasi-zenith satellite system (quasi -zenith satellite system, QZSS) and/or satellite-based augmentation systems (SBAS).
  • GPS global positioning system
  • GLONASS global navigation satellite system
  • BDS Beidou navigation satellite system
  • QZSS quasi-zenith satellite system
  • SBAS satellite-based augmentation systems
  • the electronic device 10 implements a display function through a GPU, a display screen 194, an application processor, and the like.
  • the GPU is a microprocessor for image processing, connected to the display 194 and the application processor.
  • the GPU is used to perform mathematical and geometric calculations and is used for graphics rendering.
  • the processor 110 may include one or more GPUs that execute program instructions to generate or change display information.
  • the display screen 194 is used to display images, videos, etc.
  • the display screen 194 includes a display panel.
  • the display panel can use liquid crystal display (LCD), organic light-emitting diode (OLED), active matrix organic light-emitting diode or active-matrix organic light-emitting diode (active-matrix organic light-emitting diode).
  • LCD liquid crystal display
  • OLED organic light-emitting diode
  • active-matrix organic light-emitting diode active-matrix organic light-emitting diode
  • emitting diode AMOLED, flexible light-emitting diode (FLED), Miniled, MicroLed, Micro-oLed, quantum dot light-emitting diode (QLED), etc.
  • the electronic device 10 may include one or N display screens 194, and N is a positive integer greater than one.
  • the electronic device 10 can realize a shooting function through an ISP, a camera 193, a video codec, a GPU, a display screen 194, and an application processor.
  • the ISP is used to process the data fed back from the camera 193. For example, when taking a picture, the shutter is opened, the light is transmitted to the photosensitive element of the camera through the lens, the light signal is converted into an electrical signal, and the photosensitive element of the camera transfers the electrical signal to the ISP for processing and transforms it into an image visible to the naked eye.
  • ISP can also optimize the image noise, brightness, and skin color. ISP can also optimize the exposure, color temperature and other parameters of the shooting scene.
  • the ISP may be provided in the camera 193.
  • the camera 193 is used to capture still images or videos.
  • the object generates an optical image through the lens and is projected to the photosensitive element.
  • the photosensitive element may be a charge coupled device (CCD) or a complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor (CMOS) phototransistor.
  • CMOS complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor
  • the photosensitive element converts the optical signal into an electrical signal, and then transmits the electrical signal to the ISP to convert it into a digital image signal.
  • ISP outputs digital image signals to DSP for processing.
  • DSP converts digital image signals into standard RGB, YUV and other formats of image signals.
  • the electronic device 10 may include one or N cameras 193, and N is a positive integer greater than one.
  • Digital signal processors are used to process digital signals. In addition to digital image signals, they can also process other digital signals. For example, when the electronic device 10 selects the frequency point, the digital signal processor is used to perform Fourier transform on the energy of the frequency point.
  • Video codecs are used to compress or decompress digital video.
  • the electronic device 10 may support one or more video codecs. In this way, the electronic device 10 can play or record videos in multiple encoding formats, such as: moving picture experts group (MPEG) 1, MPEG2, MPEG3, MPEG4, and so on.
  • MPEG moving picture experts group
  • MPEG2 MPEG2, MPEG3, MPEG4, and so on.
  • NPU is a neural-network (NN) computing processor.
  • NN neural-network
  • applications such as intelligent cognition of the electronic device 10 can be realized, such as image recognition, face recognition, voice recognition, text understanding, and so on.
  • the external memory interface 120 may be used to connect an external memory card, such as a Micro SD card, so as to expand the storage capacity of the electronic device 10.
  • the external memory card communicates with the processor 110 through the external memory interface 120 to realize the data storage function. For example, save music, video and other files in an external memory card.
  • the internal memory 121 may be used to store computer executable program code, where the executable program code includes instructions.
  • the processor 110 executes various functional applications and data processing of the electronic device 10 by running instructions stored in the internal memory 121.
  • the internal memory 121 may include a storage program area and a storage data area.
  • the storage program area can store an operating system, an application program (such as a sound playback function, an image playback function, etc.) required by at least one function, and the like.
  • the data storage area can store data (such as audio data, phone book, etc.) created during the use of the electronic device 10.
  • the internal memory 121 may include a high-speed random access memory, and may also include a non-volatile memory, such as at least one magnetic disk storage device, a flash memory device, a universal flash storage (UFS), and the like.
  • UFS universal flash storage
  • the electronic device 10 can implement audio functions through the audio module 170, the speaker 170A, the receiver 170B, the microphone 170C, the earphone interface 170D, and the application processor. For example, music playback, recording, etc.
  • the audio module 170 is used to convert digital audio information into an analog audio signal for output, and is also used to convert an analog audio input into a digital audio signal.
  • the audio module 170 can also be used to encode and decode audio signals.
  • the audio module 170 may be provided in the processor 110, or part of the functional modules of the audio module 170 may be provided in the processor 110.
  • the speaker 170A also called “speaker” is used to convert audio electrical signals into sound signals.
  • the electronic device 10 can listen to music through the speaker 170A, or listen to a hands-free call.
  • the receiver 170B also called “earpiece” is used to convert audio electrical signals into sound signals.
  • the electronic device 10 answers a call or voice message, it can receive the voice by bringing the receiver 170B close to the human ear.
  • the microphone 170C also called “microphone”, “microphone”, is used to convert sound signals into electrical signals.
  • the user can make a sound by approaching the microphone 170C through the human mouth, and input the sound signal into the microphone 170C.
  • the electronic device 10 may be provided with at least one microphone 170C. In other embodiments, the electronic device 10 may be provided with two microphones 170C, which can implement noise reduction functions in addition to collecting sound signals. In other embodiments, the electronic device 10 may also be provided with three, four or more microphones 170C to collect sound signals, reduce noise, identify sound sources, and realize directional recording functions.
  • the earphone interface 170D is used to connect wired earphones.
  • the earphone interface 170D may be a USB interface 130, or a 3.5mm open mobile terminal platform (OMTP) standard interface, or a cellular telecommunications industry association of the USA (CTIA) standard interface.
  • OMTP open mobile terminal platform
  • CTIA cellular telecommunications industry association of the USA
  • the pressure sensor 180A is used to sense the pressure signal and can convert the pressure signal into an electrical signal.
  • the pressure sensor 180A may be provided on the display screen 194.
  • the capacitive pressure sensor may include at least two parallel plates with conductive materials.
  • the electronic device 10 determines the intensity of the pressure based on the change in capacitance.
  • the electronic device 10 detects the intensity of the touch operation according to the pressure sensor 180A.
  • the electronic device 10 may also calculate the touched position based on the detection signal of the pressure sensor 180A.
  • touch operations that act on the same touch position but have different touch operation strengths may correspond to different operation instructions. For example: when a touch operation whose intensity of the touch operation is less than the first pressure threshold is applied to the short message application icon, an instruction to view the short message is executed. When a touch operation with a touch operation intensity greater than or equal to the first pressure threshold acts on the short message application icon, an instruction to create a new short message is executed.
  • the gyro sensor 180B may be used to determine the movement posture of the electronic device 10. In some embodiments, the angular velocity of the electronic device 10 around three axes (ie, x, y, and z axes) can be determined by the gyro sensor 180B.
  • the gyro sensor 180B can be used for image stabilization. Exemplarily, when the shutter is pressed, the gyroscope sensor 180B detects the shake angle of the electronic device 10, calculates the distance that the lens module needs to compensate according to the angle, and allows the lens to counteract the shake of the electronic device 10 through reverse movement to achieve anti-shake.
  • the gyro sensor 180B can also be used for navigation and somatosensory game scenes.
  • the air pressure sensor 180C is used to measure air pressure.
  • the electronic device 10 calculates the altitude based on the air pressure value measured by the air pressure sensor 180C to assist positioning and navigation.
  • the magnetic sensor 180D includes a Hall sensor.
  • the electronic device 10 can use the magnetic sensor 180D to detect the opening and closing of the flip holster.
  • the electronic device 10 can detect the opening and closing of the flip according to the magnetic sensor 180D.
  • features such as automatic unlocking of the flip cover are set.
  • the acceleration sensor 180E can detect the magnitude of the acceleration of the electronic device 10 in various directions (generally three axes). When the electronic device 10 is stationary, the magnitude and direction of gravity can be detected. It can also be used to identify the posture of electronic devices, and apply to applications such as horizontal and vertical screen switching, pedometers, etc.
  • the electronic device 10 can measure the distance by infrared or laser. In some embodiments, when shooting a scene, the electronic device 10 may use the distance sensor 180F to measure the distance to achieve fast focusing.
  • the proximity light sensor 180G may include, for example, a light emitting diode (LED) and a light detector such as a photodiode.
  • the light emitting diode may be an infrared light emitting diode.
  • the electronic device 10 emits infrared light to the outside through the light emitting diode.
  • the electronic device 10 uses a photodiode to detect infrared reflected light from nearby objects. When sufficient reflected light is detected, it can be determined that there is an object near the electronic device 10. When insufficient reflected light is detected, the electronic device 10 can determine that there is no object near the electronic device 10.
  • the electronic device 10 can use the proximity light sensor 180G to detect that the user holds the electronic device 10 close to the ear to talk, so as to automatically turn off the screen to save power.
  • the proximity light sensor 180G can also be used in leather case mode, and the pocket mode will automatically unlock and lock the screen.
  • the ambient light sensor 180L is used to sense the brightness of the ambient light.
  • the electronic device 10 can adaptively adjust the brightness of the display screen 194 according to the perceived brightness of the ambient light.
  • the ambient light sensor 180L can also be used to automatically adjust the white balance when taking pictures.
  • the ambient light sensor 180L can also cooperate with the proximity light sensor 180G to detect whether the electronic device 10 is in the pocket to prevent accidental touch.
  • the fingerprint sensor 180H is used to collect fingerprints.
  • the electronic device 10 can use the collected fingerprint characteristics to implement fingerprint unlocking, access application locks, fingerprint photographs, fingerprint answering calls, and so on.
  • the temperature sensor 180J is used to detect temperature.
  • the electronic device 10 uses the temperature detected by the temperature sensor 180J to execute a temperature processing strategy. For example, when the temperature reported by the temperature sensor 180J exceeds a threshold value, the electronic device 10 executes to reduce the performance of the processor located near the temperature sensor 180J, so as to reduce power consumption and implement thermal protection.
  • the electronic device 10 when the temperature is lower than another threshold, the electronic device 10 heats the battery 142 to avoid abnormal shutdown of the electronic device 10 due to low temperature.
  • the electronic device 10 boosts the output voltage of the battery 142 to avoid abnormal shutdown caused by low temperature.
  • Touch sensor 180K also called “touch panel”.
  • the touch sensor 180K may be disposed on the display screen 194, and the touch screen is composed of the touch sensor 180K and the display screen 194, which is also called a “touch screen”.
  • the touch sensor 180K is used to detect touch operations acting on or near it.
  • the touch sensor can pass the detected touch operation to the application processor to determine the type of touch event.
  • the visual output related to the touch operation can be provided through the display screen 194.
  • the touch sensor 180K may also be disposed on the surface of the electronic device 10, which is different from the position of the display screen 194.
  • the bone conduction sensor 180M can acquire vibration signals.
  • the bone conduction sensor 180M can obtain the vibration signal of the vibrating bone mass of the human voice.
  • the bone conduction sensor 180M can also contact the human pulse and receive the blood pressure pulse signal.
  • the bone conduction sensor 180M may also be provided in the earphone, combined with the bone conduction earphone.
  • the audio module 170 can parse the voice signal based on the vibration signal of the vibrating bone block of the voice obtained by the bone conduction sensor 180M, and realize the voice function.
  • the application processor can analyze the heart rate information based on the blood pressure beating signal obtained by the bone conduction sensor 180M, and realize the heart rate detection function.
  • the button 190 includes a power-on button, a volume button, and so on.
  • the button 190 may be a mechanical button. It can also be a touch button.
  • the electronic device 10 can receive key input, and generate key signal input related to user settings and function control of the electronic device 10.
  • the motor 191 can generate vibration prompts.
  • the motor 191 can be used for incoming call vibration notification, and can also be used for touch vibration feedback.
  • touch operations applied to different applications can correspond to different vibration feedback effects.
  • Acting on touch operations in different areas of the display screen 194, the motor 191 can also correspond to different vibration feedback effects.
  • Different application scenarios for example: time reminding, receiving information, alarm clock, games, etc.
  • the touch vibration feedback effect can also support customization.
  • the indicator 192 may be an indicator light, which may be used to indicate the charging status, power change, or to indicate messages, missed calls, notifications, and so on.
  • the SIM card interface 195 is used to connect to the SIM card.
  • the SIM card can be inserted into the SIM card interface 195 or pulled out from the SIM card interface 195 to achieve contact and separation with the electronic device 10.
  • the electronic device 10 may support 1 or N SIM card interfaces, and N is a positive integer greater than 1.
  • the SIM card interface 195 can support Nano SIM cards, Micro SIM cards, SIM cards, etc.
  • the same SIM card interface 195 can insert multiple cards at the same time. The types of the multiple cards can be the same or different.
  • the SIM card interface 195 can also be compatible with different types of SIM cards.
  • the SIM card interface 195 may also be compatible with external memory cards.
  • the electronic device 10 interacts with the network through the SIM card to realize functions such as call and data communication.
  • the electronic device 10 adopts an eSIM, that is, an embedded SIM card.
  • the eSIM card can be embedded in the electronic device 10 and cannot be separated from the electronic device 10.
  • FIG. 5 is a block diagram of the software structure of the electronic device 10 according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the layered architecture divides the software into several layers, and each layer has a clear role and division of labor. Communication between layers through software interface.
  • the layered architecture is divided into four layers, from top to bottom, the application layer, the application framework layer, the protocol stack, and the hardware layer.
  • the application layer can include a series of application packages.
  • the application package includes, for example, a car factory APP corresponding to a car key and a wallet application.
  • the wallet application can communicate with the software development kit (SDK) in the car factory application.
  • SDK software development kit
  • the wallet application can verify the legality of the depot APP through the corresponding server.
  • the wallet application can also notify the BLE agent of the verification result.
  • the Bluetooth proxy module can determine whether to scan the broadcast containing the specified MAC address according to the verification result.
  • the Bluetooth proxy module can also start the depot APP cleaned by the system according to the verification result.
  • the application package is not limited to the depot APP included in the scene of automatically unlocking the car.
  • the application package may also contain other applications.
  • the application package also includes a payment application (such as WeChat application, Alipay application), and the payment application can be connected to the wallet application through the included SDK.
  • a payment application such as WeChat application, Alipay application
  • the application package also includes an APP corresponding to the weight scale.
  • the APP can be connected to the wallet application through the included SDK.
  • the application package also includes an application corresponding to the bracelet and an application corresponding to the watch.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific scenario and the application installed on the involved electronic device 10.
  • the first application may include applications related to external Bluetooth devices (cars, wearable devices, accessories, etc.), such as the car factory APP, the APP corresponding to the weight scale, the application corresponding to the bracelet, the corresponding application of the watch Application and so on.
  • the second application may include a wallet application.
  • the APP corresponding to the car factory application, the payment application and the weight scale can be directly connected to the Bluetooth proxy module of the application framework layer.
  • This application does not limit the application package, and can also include applications such as camera, gallery, calendar, call, map, navigation, WLAN, Bluetooth, music, video, short message, etc.
  • the application framework layer provides an application programming interface (application programming interface, API) and a programming framework for applications in the application layer.
  • the application framework layer includes some predefined functions.
  • the application framework layer may include the Bluetooth proxy module provided in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the Bluetooth proxy module can be an application/interface of the application framework layer.
  • the Bluetooth proxy module is used to instruct the Bluetooth chip to scan the Bluetooth broadcast signal containing the specified MAC address.
  • the Bluetooth proxy module is also used to start a designated application (such as a car factory APP) when the Bluetooth chip scans the broadcast containing the designated MAC address, so as to establish the designated application for Bluetooth communication between external Bluetooth devices (such as car 20) connect.
  • a designated application such as a car factory APP
  • the Bluetooth proxy module reference may be made to the description of the examples shown in Figs. 7 to 9, Fig. 16, Fig. 19 to Fig. 21, and Fig. 23 in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the application framework layer may also include a window manager, a content provider, a view system, a phone manager, a resource manager, a notification manager, etc., which are not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the window manager is used to manage window programs.
  • the window manager can obtain the size of the display screen, determine whether there is a status bar, etc.
  • the content provider is used to store and retrieve data and make these data accessible to applications.
  • the view system includes visual controls, such as controls that display text, controls that display pictures, and so on.
  • the view system can be used to build applications.
  • the phone manager is used to provide the communication function of the electronic device 10. For example, the management of the call status (including connecting, hanging up, etc.).
  • the resource manager provides various resources for the application, such as localized strings, icons, pictures, and so on.
  • the notification manager enables applications to display notification information in the status bar, which can be used to convey notification-type messages. For example, the notification manager is used to notify download completion, message reminders, and so on.
  • the protocol stack can contain multiple protocols. As shown in Figure 5, the protocol stack includes the Bluetooth protocol stack (BT Stack).
  • the Bluetooth protocol stack defines multiple applications (profile) and core protocols (protocol) in the Bluetooth framework. Each profile defines its own corresponding message format and Application rules, profile is Bluetooth service (Application).
  • the Bluetooth protocol has formulated specifications for various possible and universal application scenarios, such as A2DP (advanced audio distribution profile), HFP (hands-free profile), etc.
  • Core protocols include but are not limited to Bluetooth's basic service protocol SDP (service discovery protocol), logical link control and adaptation protocol L2CAP (logical link control and adaptation protocol), etc.
  • the core protocol is indispensable in the Bluetooth protocol stack.
  • the Bluetooth protocol of the embodiment of the present application may support classic Bluetooth (Basic Rate/Enhanced Data Rate, BR/EDR) and/or Bluetooth low energy (bluetooth low energy, BLE).
  • the Bluetooth protocol may also include different versions of the Bluetooth protocol, such as Bluetooth versions 1.0, 1.2, 2.0+EDR, 3.0+HS, 4.0, 4.1, 4.2, and 5.0.
  • the hardware layer may include a Bluetooth chip.
  • the Bluetooth proxy module can communicate with the Bluetooth chip through the Bluetooth protocol stack.
  • the Bluetooth chip can scan the Bluetooth broadcast signal according to the instructions of the Bluetooth agent module.
  • the Bluetooth chip can also establish a Bluetooth connection with the Bluetooth chip of a third-party device (such as a car machine) and connect with the car manufacturer APP to establish a Bluetooth communication connection between the car manufacturer APP and an external Bluetooth device via the Bluetooth chip.
  • the functions of the wallet application in the application layer can also be implemented by the Bluetooth proxy module, and the wallet application may no longer be included in the embodiments provided in this application.
  • the Bluetooth proxy module can communicate with the SDK of the car factory APP, the SDK of the payment application, and the SDK of the APP corresponding to the scale.
  • the Bluetooth proxy module can verify the legitimacy of the depot APP through the corresponding server.
  • the Bluetooth proxy module can determine whether to scan the broadcast containing the specified MAC address according to the verification result.
  • the Bluetooth proxy module can also activate the depot APP cleaned by the system according to the verification result.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of the architecture of a Bluetooth system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the Bluetooth system includes an electronic device 10, a car machine 20, and a car factory server 30.
  • the electronic device 10 includes a Bluetooth chip 101, a car manufacturer APP 102, an SE 104, a Bluetooth proxy module 105, and a wallet APP 106.
  • the Bluetooth chip 101 has established a connection with the APP 102 of the car manufacturer and the Bluetooth proxy module 105 respectively.
  • the Bluetooth chip 101 and the depot APP 102 can be connected via the processor of the electronic device 10.
  • the depot APP 102 may include an SDK corresponding to the wallet application 106, and the depot APP 102 communicates with the wallet APP 106 through the SDK.
  • the wallet APP106 can be connected to the car factory APP102, the Bluetooth proxy module 105, and the SE 104 respectively.
  • the wallet APP106 can be used to communicate with the wallet server to verify whether the registration information of the depot APP102 is legal.
  • the wallet APP106 can send the registration information of the depot APP102 to the Bluetooth proxy module 105 for storage.
  • the wallet APP106 can start the car manufacturer APP102.
  • the depot APP 102 in the electronic device 10 can establish a communication connection with the depot server 30.
  • the depot server 30 can issue a certificate, signature information, etc. to the depot APP 102 through the communication connection.
  • the certificate and signature information can be used for the depot APP 102 to prove the legitimacy of the depot APP to the wallet APP 106 or the Bluetooth proxy module 105 during registration.
  • the certificate and signature information can be carried in the registration information in the example step S202 described in FIG. 7.
  • step S203 For the process of proving the legality of the depot APP, refer to the description of step S203 in the example described in FIG. 7.
  • the wallet APP 106 in the electronic device 10 can also establish a communication connection with the car factory server 30, and the car factory server 30 can send a cipher text for unlocking to the wallet APP 106 when the car factory APP 102 registers through the communication connection.
  • the wallet APP106 can store the ciphertext in the SE104.
  • the ciphertext and the ciphertext sent by the car factory server 30 to the car machine can be one-to-one (for example, the two ciphertexts are the same).
  • the car machine can compare whether the two ciphertexts are same.
  • the car factory server 30 and the car machine 20 can be connected to the MCU 203 through one or more of the following: telematics box (TBOX), body control module (BCM), central control module (central control module) , CCM).
  • TBOX telematics box
  • BCM body control module
  • central control module central control module
  • CCM central control module
  • the car machine 20 may include a main Bluetooth chip 201, a car machine SE202, a microcontroller unit (MCU) 203 and a ranging Bluetooth chip 204.
  • the MCU 203 can establish a communication connection with the main Bluetooth chip 201, the vehicle SE202, and the ranging Bluetooth chip 204, respectively.
  • the number of the ranging Bluetooth chips 204 can be multiple, which can respectively correspond to multiple Bluetooth antennas installed in different positions on the car. For example, a total of 6 Bluetooth antennas are installed in different positions on a car, and the 6 Bluetooth antennas can all receive the Bluetooth signal sent by the electronic device. Then, each of the 6 Bluetooth antennas may correspond to a ranging Bluetooth chip, which is used to measure the received signal strength indication (RSSI) of the received Bluetooth signal.
  • RSSI received signal strength indication
  • the MCU 203 in the electronic device can determine the distance between the electronic device carried by the user and the car, and the azimuth relationship between the electronic device and the car based on the RSSI measured by the multiple Bluetooth chips.
  • the MCU 203 in the car machine 20 can establish a communication connection with the car factory server 30.
  • the depot server 30 can send the cipher text for unlocking to the MCU 203 when registering at the depot APP102 through the communication connection.
  • the MCU203 can store the ciphertext in the car SE202.
  • the user Before using the system architecture shown in FIG. 6 to open the car lock without feeling, the user needs to install the car manufacturer APP 102 on the electronic device 10, and the electronic device 10 completes the registration process.
  • the following processes are respectively introduced below: (a) registration process; (b) process of opening the car lock without feeling; (c) Bluetooth switch restarting or electronic device 10 restarting process.
  • Figure 7 is a flowchart of the registration process of the car manufacturer APP102 provided in this application embodiment.
  • the APP102 registration process of the car manufacturer includes steps S201 to S204.
  • the electronic device 10 installs the APP102 of the depot.
  • the Bluetooth chip 101 of the electronic device 10 establishes a Bluetooth connection with the main Bluetooth chip 201 of the car machine 20.
  • the distance between the electronic device 10 and the vehicle machine 20 is within a set threshold range. Within the set threshold range, the electronic device 10 and the car machine 20 can establish a Bluetooth connection.
  • the Bluetooth connection can be a BLE connection or a BR/EDR connection.
  • the main Bluetooth chip 201 in the car machine 20 can send a Bluetooth broadcast signal, and the Bluetooth broadcast signal can carry the MAC address, Bluetooth name, etc. of the car machine 20.
  • the user interface of the depot APP 102 can start searching for Bluetooth broadcast signals, and display the Bluetooth name carried by the searched Bluetooth broadcast signals.
  • the Bluetooth name displayed on the user interface of the car manufacturer APP 102 may include the first Bluetooth name, and the first Bluetooth name is the Bluetooth name of the car machine 20.
  • the Bluetooth connection is a BR/EDR connection.
  • the electronic device 10 can pair the car machine 20 and establish a Bluetooth connection with the car machine 20. The following describes the two Bluetooth connection procedures.
  • the process of establishing a BR/EDR connection may include a pairing process and a connection process, which will be introduced separately below.
  • the device that initiates the pairing first is called the master device, and the device that passively pairs is called the slave device (Slave).
  • the electronic device 10 actively initiates pairing with the car machine 20
  • the electronic device 10 may be called the master device
  • the car machine 20 may be called the slave device.
  • the master device can first be in the inquiry state and actively discover the external device.
  • the slave device is in the inquiry scan state and will respond to the scan of the master device.
  • the Bluetooth pairing process can be as follows:
  • Step 1 The master device and the slave device respectively generate an initial key (kinit).
  • the master and slave devices use the same E22 algorithm to generate the initial keys, and the initial keys calculated by the two devices should also be the same.
  • Step 2 The master device and the slave device respectively generate a link key (Kab).
  • Step three two-way authentication between master and slave devices.
  • the master device can be the responder, and the slave device can be the requester.
  • the responder can generate a 128-bit random number AU_RANDA and send it to the requester in plain text. Both the responder and the requester use the E1 algorithm to encrypt the AU_RANDA, Kab, and BD_RANDB obtained separately to generate 32-bit SRESA and SRESB. Among them, SRESA is generated by the master device as the responder, and SRESB is generated by the slave device as the requester.
  • the requester sends SRESB to the responder, and the responder compares SRESA and SRESB. If they are equal, the authentication is passed, otherwise the authentication is not passed. After performing this authentication, the roles of the master device and the slave device are exchanged.
  • the master device acts as the requester and the slave device responder, using the same method for authentication.
  • the electronic device 10 and the car machine 20 can use the link key Kab to encrypt the data they transmit.
  • the car vehicle 20 and the electronic device 10 do not need to re-pair when a connection is established next time.
  • the car machine 20 after the car machine 20 is paired with the electronic device 10, it can stop sending the Bluetooth broadcast signal.
  • the Bluetooth broadcast signal is no longer sent, and the page can be performed.
  • the Bluetooth broadcast signal is no longer sent, and page scanning can be performed.
  • connection process can include the following steps:
  • Step 1 The electronic device 10 is in the page state and sends a page data packet.
  • the page data packet may include the device access code (DAC) of the car machine 20.
  • DAC device access code
  • Step 2 When the car machine 20 is in the page scan state, it monitors its own DAC.
  • Step 3 The car machine 20 can send a reply to the electronic device 10, and switch from the page scan state to the slave response state.
  • Step 4 After receiving the reply sent by the car machine 20, the electronic device 10 can send a frequency hopping sequence (FHS) to the car machine 20 according to the reply, and switch from the page state to the master unit to respond (master response) status.
  • FHS frequency hopping sequence
  • Step 5 After receiving the FHS, the car machine 20 sends a second reply to the electronic device 10, and switches from the slave response state to the connection state.
  • Step 6 After the electronic device 10 receives the reply sent by the car 20, the electronic device 10 switches from the master response state to the connected state.
  • the two devices are in the advertising and scanning states respectively.
  • the device in the broadcast state may be referred to as an advertiser, such as the car machine 20 in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the device in the scanning state may be referred to as an observer, such as the electronic device 10 in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the process of establishing a BLE connection may include the following steps:
  • the car machine 20 continuously sends BLE broadcast signals, and t is the broadcast interval.
  • Each broadcast event can contain three broadcast packets, that is, broadcast the same broadcast packet on the three channels 37/38/39 at the same time.
  • the broadcast event has a duration, which is the broadcast launch window.
  • the electronic device 10 opens a scanning window.
  • the duration during which the electronic device 10 scans the BLE broadcast signal may be referred to as scan windows.
  • the scan window of the electronic device 10 is successfully matched with the broadcast transmission window of the car machine 20.
  • the electronic device 10 Only when the scanning window of the electronic device 10 and the broadcast transmission window of the car machine 20 are successfully matched can the electronic device 10 receive the BLE broadcast signal sent by the car machine 20. After the electronic device 10 receives the BLE broadcast signal sent by the car machine 20, the electronic device 10 can enter the Initiating state from the advertising state, and the electronic device 10 executes step S4.
  • the electronic device 10 sends a connection request to the car machine 20.
  • connection request is CONN_REQ (also known as CONNECT_IND, that is, A2 data packet).
  • CONN_REQ may include window offset (transmit window offset), window size (transmit window size), and so on.
  • the CONN_REQ is used to notify the car machine 20 that the electronic device 10 will send the first synchronization packet (P1 data packet) to the car machine 20 in the transmit window. This allows the car machine 20 to open the radio frequency receiving window within the time corresponding to the transmission window. After receiving the P1 data packet, the car 20 will reply to the electronic device 10 a P2 data packet (ACK packet). Once the mobile phone receives the P2 data packet, the BLE connection between the electronic device 10 and the car machine 20 can be successfully established. Both the electronic device 10 and the car machine 20 enter a connecting state (connecting).
  • the Bluetooth switch on the electronic device 10 is turned on, so that the Bluetooth chip of the electronic device 10 can scan for Bluetooth broadcast signals.
  • the depot APP102 sends registration information to the wallet APP106.
  • the depot APP 102 can send registration information to the wallet APP 106.
  • the registration information may include the MAC address (first MAC address) of the car machine 20, the package name of the APP 102, the brand of the car, and so on.
  • the registration information may also include a certificate and/or signature information.
  • the certificate and/or signature information is issued by the car factory server 30 to the car factory APP, for example, can be issued to the car factory APP 102 when the electronic device 10 is installed with the car factory APP 102.
  • the first MAC address can be obtained from the Bluetooth chip 101 by the APP102 of the car manufacturer.
  • the wallet APP106 verifies whether the registration information is legal. If yes, go to step S204.
  • the wallet APP 106 can communicate with the wallet server to verify whether the certificate and/or signature information is legal.
  • verification information used to verify the certificate and/or signature information may be stored on the wallet server.
  • the wallet server considers the certificate issued by the server of an approved manufacturer (for example, the wallet server approves the car factory server 30) to be legal, and the wallet server pre-stores verification information for verifying the certificate and/or signature information of the car factory server 30. Through the verification information, the wallet server can verify that the certificate and/or signature information is legal.
  • the registration information of the car factory APP102 includes a first certificate
  • the first certificate is a digital certificate digitally signed by a certificate authority (CA).
  • the certificate authority is approved by the wallet server corresponding to the wallet APP106.
  • the first certificate may include the public key of the depot server 30, the name of the depot server 30, and the digital signature of the certificate authority.
  • the first certificate is electronic data that contains the identity information of the depot server 30 and is verified and issued by the certificate authority. Therefore, the first certificate can prove to the wallet server that the car factory server 30 has been authenticated by the certificate authority through the digital signature of the certificate authority.
  • the public key of the certificate authority is stored on the wallet server.
  • the public key of the certificate authority is used to verify the digital signature of the certificate authority in the first certificate. After the verification is passed, the vehicle factory server 30 is obtained. The public key of the vehicle manufacturer, the name of the car manufacturer’s server 30 and other information.
  • the wallet server may store a list of the names of approved manufacturers. If the wallet server approves the depot server 30, the wallet server may store the name of the depot server 30. After the wallet server verifies that the digital signature of the certificate authority has passed, it detects whether the name of the depot server 30 contained in the first certificate is included in the list of approved manufacturer names stored locally. If it is, it indicates that the registration information is legal, and the wallet server can notify the wallet APP 106 of the verification result, and then execute step S204.
  • the wallet APP106 can notify the automaker APP102.
  • the APP102 of the depot may display a prompt that the registration has failed.
  • the wallet APP106 sends the registration information to the Bluetooth proxy module 105.
  • the Bluetooth proxy module 105 can store the registration information that has passed the authorization verification, for example, the registration information of the aforementioned depot APP 102 is included.
  • the registration information of the APP 102 of the car manufacturer may include the MAC address (first MAC address) of the car machine 20, the package name of the APP 102, and the brand of the car.
  • the wallet APP106 verifies that the registration information of APP2 and the registration information of APP3 are legal, and the Bluetooth proxy module 105 may receive and store the registration information of APP2 and APP3.
  • the automaker APP102 completes the registration in the wallet APP106.
  • the car factory server 30 may also send the cipher text used for unlocking to the wallet APP 106 of the electronic device 10 and the MCU 203 of the car machine.
  • the wallet APP106 stores the ciphertext used for unlocking in the SE104
  • the MCU203 of the car machine stores the ciphertext used for unlocking in the car machine SE202.
  • the ciphertext used for unlocking may be set by the user in the APP102 of the depot, or may be generated according to the password set by the APP102 of the depot by the user.
  • the electronic device 10 can be displayed on the negative screen and the car factory APP102
  • the user interface of the wallet APP 106 and the user interface of the wallet APP 106 display controls for unlocking.
  • the electronic device 10 can perform cipher text verification through the Bluetooth connection with the car machine 20, so as to unlock the car door.
  • the control used for unlocking is, for example, the control 1011 on the negative one-screen interface 10 shown in FIG. 9.
  • the negative one-screen interface refers to the screen used to display information on the left side of the multiple desktop screens of the system; among them, the desktop screen is used to place application programs or small component diagrams.
  • the Bluetooth proxy module 105 can notify the Bluetooth chip 101 to turn on the Bluetooth scanning function until the Bluetooth broadcast containing the MAC address of the car is scanned. Signal.
  • the Bluetooth proxy module 105 opens the depot APP 102 according to the scanned Bluetooth broadcast signal.
  • the APP 102 of the car factory connects to the car machine to re-establish the communication connection between the Bluetooth chip 101 and the main Bluetooth chip 201. This communication connection can be used to verify the cipher text and unlock the car lock.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart of the process of unlocking the car lock without feeling provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the process of unlocking the car lock without feeling includes steps S301 to S320.
  • a Bluetooth connection is established between the Bluetooth chip 101 and the main Bluetooth chip 201.
  • the startup state of the APP102 of the depot can include the foreground operation state and the background operation state.
  • the depot APP102 sends the registration information to the wallet APP106 again.
  • the wallet APP106 verifies whether the registration information is legal. If yes, save the registration information of the depot APP102.
  • Steps S302 to S303 can refer to S202 to S203.
  • the wallet server corresponding to the wallet APP 106 no longer approves the depot server 30
  • the name of the depot server 30 is no longer included in the approved manufacturer name list stored locally by the wallet server. In this way, when the Bluetooth connection is re-established, the legality of the registration information is verified in real time, which can improve security.
  • the wallet APP106 can save the registration information of the depot APP102 and send the registration information of the depot APP102 to the Bluetooth proxy module 105.
  • step S304 may be executed.
  • the electronic device 10 can verify the legitimacy of the depot APP 102 according to the registration information of the depot APP 102 stored in the registration process.
  • the APP102 of the depot is cleaned by the system, and the Bluetooth connection between the Bluetooth chip 101 and the main Bluetooth chip 201 is disconnected.
  • the life cycle of the Bluetooth connection between the Bluetooth chip 101 and the main Bluetooth chip 201 may end when the depot APP102 is cleaned by the system.
  • the Bluetooth chip 101 can disconnect the Bluetooth connection between the main Bluetooth chip 201.
  • step S305 can be executed.
  • “passive disconnection” refers to the disconnection of the Bluetooth connection due to poor signal quality due to the long distance of the Bluetooth connection or other reasons.
  • the connection timeout error code will be received.
  • the distance between the electronic device 10 and the car machine 20 causes the two devices to fail to communicate, that is, the Bluetooth connection is disconnected.
  • Another example is when the two devices cannot communicate with each other due to obstructions or other reasons, that is, the Bluetooth connection is disconnected. If the Bluetooth received signal strength RRSI is lower than the threshold, the two devices cannot communicate, that is, the Bluetooth connection is disconnected.
  • the Bluetooth proxy module 105 recognizes that the Bluetooth connection is passively disconnected, the Bluetooth proxy module 105 performs step S305.
  • the electronic device 10 closes the depot APP 102, so that the Bluetooth connection between the Bluetooth chip 101 and the main Bluetooth chip 201 is disconnected.
  • the Bluetooth connection is also passively disconnected.
  • the electronic device 10 can clear the depot APP 102 running in the background, so that the Bluetooth connection between the Bluetooth chip 101 and the main Bluetooth chip 201 is disconnected.
  • the Bluetooth connection also belongs to Passively disconnected.
  • the Bluetooth proxy module 105 recognizes that the Bluetooth connection is passively disconnected, the Bluetooth proxy module 105 executes step S305.
  • the electronic device 10 when the Bluetooth connection is disconnected due to the distance between the electronic device 10 and the car machine 20, the electronic device 10 may still be in the on state when the electronic device 10 gets on the car factory APP 102.
  • the Bluetooth proxy module 105 in the electronic device 10 can obtain whether the current depot APP 102 is in the open state. If the APP 102 of the car manufacturer is currently in the on state, the Bluetooth chip 101 initiates a connection request to the main Bluetooth chip 201, that is, the Bluetooth chip 101 is in the initiating state at this time in the BLE connection scenario.
  • the Bluetooth proxy module 105 can notify the Bluetooth chip 101 to perform Bluetooth scanning, that is, the Bluetooth proxy module 105 is in the scanning state at this time.
  • the Bluetooth chip 101 when the Bluetooth connection with the car machine 20 is disconnected and the car manufacturer APP 102 is still on, the Bluetooth chip 101 can initiate a connection request and perform a Bluetooth scan on different channels. Specifically, the Bluetooth chip 101 can support multi-channel connections. When the Bluetooth connection with the car machine 20 is disconnected and the APP 102 of the car manufacturer is still on, one channel of the Bluetooth chip 101 (such as channel 1) can be in the initiating state to connect back to the main Bluetooth chip 201, and the other channel (such as channel 2) ) Can be in scanning state for Bluetooth scanning. The Bluetooth chip 101 can re-establish the Bluetooth connection with the main Bluetooth chip 201 through any of the above channels.
  • the Bluetooth chip 101 may stop the connection process on the channel 2.
  • the Bluetooth chip 101 can stop the connection process on channel 1. In this way, the main Bluetooth chip of the car and the car is connected back through the two channels, which can improve the back-connection efficiency.
  • the Bluetooth proxy module 105 recognizes that the Bluetooth connection is disconnected, and sends a first notification to the Bluetooth chip 101, where the first notification is used to instruct the Bluetooth chip 101 to start Bluetooth scanning.
  • the first notification carries the first MAC address.
  • the Bluetooth chip 101 After the Bluetooth chip 101 starts to perform Bluetooth scanning, it detects whether the received Bluetooth broadcast signal carries the first MAC address.
  • the embodiment of the present application takes the MAC address of the car machine 20 as an example for introduction, but it is not limited to the MAC address.
  • the Bluetooth broadcast signal broadcast by the car Bluetooth chip 201 may also carry other parameters indicating the car, such as VIN, general The universally unique identifier (UUID), etc., will carry the VIN or UUID of the car in the registration information of the APP102 of the car manufacturer during the registration process.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the parameter indicating the car.
  • the Bluetooth chip 101 turns on the Bluetooth scanning function and starts scanning for Bluetooth broadcast signals.
  • the main Bluetooth chip 201 sends a Bluetooth broadcast signal, and the Bluetooth broadcast signal carries the MAC address of the car machine 20.
  • the main Bluetooth chip 201 can stop broadcasting the Bluetooth broadcast signal when the Bluetooth connection has been established. When the Bluetooth connection is disconnected, the Bluetooth broadcast signal starts to be broadcast. In another possible implementation manner, the main Bluetooth chip 201 can continuously broadcast Bluetooth broadcast signals regardless of the Bluetooth connected state or the disconnected state.
  • the Bluetooth broadcast signal sent by the main Bluetooth chip 201 is the first broadcast signal in this embodiment of the application.
  • the first broadcast signal carries the device information of the second electronic device (for example, a car and a car).
  • the equipment information of the car and the car includes the MAC address, VIN, UUID, etc. of the car and the car.
  • the electronic device 10 can move to an area where the Bluetooth broadcast signal sent by the main Bluetooth chip 201 can be scanned, and step S308 is executed.
  • the Bluetooth chip 101 scans to the main Bluetooth chip 201 to send a Bluetooth broadcast signal according to the stored first MAC address.
  • the Bluetooth chip 101 can obtain the MAC address carried by the scanned Bluetooth broadcast signal, and compare it with the first MAC address stored locally. When the MAC address carried by the Bluetooth broadcast signal is the same as the stored first MAC address, step S309 is executed.
  • the Bluetooth chip 101 sends a second notification to the Bluetooth proxy module 105, where the second notification is used to notify that the scanned Bluetooth broadcast signal carries the first MAC address.
  • the Bluetooth proxy module 105 may be in a sleep state.
  • the Bluetooth chip 101 determines that the MAC address carried in the received Bluetooth broadcast signal is the same as the stored first MAC address, it wakes up the Bluetooth proxy module 105 and executes step S310 .
  • the Bluetooth proxy module 105 sends a third notification to the wallet APP 106 according to the first MAC address.
  • the third notification is used to instruct the wallet APP 106 to verify whether the registration information of the depot APP 102 is legal. If yes, go to step S312.
  • step S311 is optional and can be skipped, that is, when the Bluetooth proxy module 105 receives the second notification, it notifies the wallet APP 106 to perform step S312. In the embodiment of this application, it is not limited to the wallet APP106 to activate the depot APP102, and the Bluetooth proxy module 105 may also activate the depot APP102. In this embodiment of the application, when the wallet APP 106 is in the closed state, the Bluetooth proxy module 105 can start the wallet APP 106.
  • step S311 is no longer executed.
  • the wallet APP106 starts the depot APP102.
  • the APP102 of the depot sends a fourth notification to the Bluetooth chip 101.
  • the fourth notification is used to instruct the Bluetooth chip 101 to initiate a connection back to the main Bluetooth chip 201.
  • the Bluetooth chip 101 is connected back to the main Bluetooth chip 201 to re-establish the connection.
  • the Bluetooth chip 101 is connected back to the main Bluetooth chip 201, that is, a connection request is sent back to the main Bluetooth chip 201. After the main Bluetooth chip 201 receives the connection back request and sends a response data packet to the Bluetooth chip 101, the Bluetooth chip 101 and the main Bluetooth chip 201 re-establish a Bluetooth connection.
  • the Bluetooth scan may be a BLE scan, and the Bluetooth chip 101 is in the scanning state at this time.
  • the main Bluetooth chip 201 sends a Bluetooth broadcast signal, and the main Bluetooth chip 201 may be in an advertising state.
  • the Bluetooth chip 101 initiates a connection back to the main Bluetooth chip 201, the Bluetooth chip 101 enters the initiating state.
  • the Bluetooth chip 101 enters the connection state from the initiating state, and the main Bluetooth chip 201 enters the connection state from advertising, so that the Bluetooth chip 101 and the main Bluetooth chip 201 are connected back to re-establish a connection.
  • the Bluetooth chip 101 and the main Bluetooth chip 202 have been paired in step S101 of the registration process described in FIG. 7.
  • the Bluetooth scan may be a BR/EDR scan, and the Bluetooth chip 101 is in the inquiry state at this time.
  • the main Bluetooth chip 201 sends a Bluetooth broadcast signal, and the main Bluetooth chip 201 may be in the inquiry scan state.
  • the Bluetooth chip 101 initiates a connection back to the main Bluetooth chip 201 that has already been connected by Bluetooth.
  • the Bluetooth chip 101 can page the main Bluetooth chip 201 to establish a Bluetooth connection between the Bluetooth chip 101 and the main Bluetooth chip 201.
  • the Bluetooth proxy module 105 may send a fifth notification to the Bluetooth chip 101.
  • the fifth notification is used to instruct the Bluetooth chip 101 to turn off the Bluetooth scanning function, that is, stop performing Bluetooth scanning.
  • the Bluetooth protocol stack may send a notification to the Bluetooth proxy module 105, and the Bluetooth proxy module 105 may perform step S314.
  • the ranging Bluetooth chip 204 can be in a sleep state, and the MCU 203 wakes up the ranging Bluetooth chip 204 only when the RSSI of the main Bluetooth chip 201 is greater than a set threshold value and the electronic device 10 needs to be accurately ranging. In this way, only when the user carrying the electronic device 10 is close to the car and within a set distance near the car, the MCU203 will activate the ranging Bluetooth chip 204 to determine the relative position between the user carrying the electronic device 10 and the car, and between the car and the car. the distance. When the user pulls the car door handle, the MCU 203 determines the cipher text verification according to the relative position between the user of the electronic device 10 and the car and the distance between the car and the car to unlock the car lock.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the time for waking up the ranging Bluetooth chip 204. It is not limited to wake up only when the RSSI of the main Bluetooth chip 201 is greater than the set threshold.
  • the ranging Bluetooth chip 204 may be waked up when the main Bluetooth chip 201 and the Bluetooth chip 101 establish a connection.
  • the MCU203 sends a ciphertext verification instruction to the wallet APP106 through the Bluetooth connection between the Bluetooth chip 101 and the main Bluetooth chip 201 .
  • the wallet APP106 obtains the first ciphertext from the applet of the SE 104.
  • the ciphertext in the electronic device 10 is not limited to being stored in the applet of the SE 104, and can also be stored in other secure storage areas, such as applications (trusted execution environment, TEE) stored in the trusted execution environment (TEE). environment application, TA). Then the wallet APP 106 can obtain the first cipher text from the TEE and send it to the car 20.
  • applications trusted execution environment, TEE
  • TEE trusted execution environment
  • TEE trusted execution environment
  • TA environment application
  • the wallet APP106 sends the first ciphertext to the MCU203 through the depot APP102 and the Bluetooth chip 101.
  • the first ciphertext can be encrypted for transmission in the transmission process of step S319, and the embodiment of the present application does not limit the encryption method.
  • the MCU203 compares the first ciphertext with the ciphertext in the car SE202.
  • the duration of the Bluetooth scan may also be timed. Specifically, the Bluetooth proxy module 105 counts the time for the Bluetooth chip 101 to perform the Bluetooth scan according to the duration of the Bluetooth scan. When the timing time exceeds the duration of the Bluetooth scan, the Bluetooth proxy module 105 can notify the Bluetooth chip 101 to turn off the Bluetooth scan function, that is, stop performing the Bluetooth scan.
  • the duration of the Bluetooth scan is the set time, and the electronic device 10 scans the Bluetooth broadcast signal within the set time.
  • the duration of the Bluetooth scan may be sent to the Bluetooth proxy module 105 by the wallet server.
  • the value range of the Bluetooth scan duration can be set on the wallet server, for example, less than or equal to 7*24 hours.
  • the duration of the Bluetooth scan issued by the Bluetooth proxy module 105 needs to meet the value range set on the wallet server.
  • the value of the Bluetooth scanning duration can be executed in coincidence with other types of scanning on the electronic device 10, that is, when the electronic device 10 performs other types of scanning, the Bluetooth broadcast signal is scanned at the same time.
  • the scan time of Huawei share after the screen is off can be 24 hours, and during the Huawei share scan, the electronic device can also detect the scanned Bluetooth broadcast signal at the same time, and detect whether the Bluetooth broadcast signal carries the second electronic device's Device Information.
  • the Bluetooth switch in the electronic device 10 is in an open state, so that the Bluetooth chip 10 is in a working state.
  • the Bluetooth proxy module 101 when the Bluetooth switch restarts (ie, turns off and reopens) or the electronic device 10 restarts during the Bluetooth scanning process of the Bluetooth chip 101, the Bluetooth proxy module 101 causes the electronic device 10 to restart during the period when the Bluetooth switch is turned off.
  • the Bluetooth chip stops working, it still counts the length of the Bluetooth scan Specifically, please refer to FIG. 9, which is a schematic flowchart of a Bluetooth scanning method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the Bluetooth scanning method includes steps S401 to S408.
  • the Bluetooth switch is turned off and turned on again, or the electronic device 10 is restarted, and the Bluetooth chip 101 is restarted.
  • the Bluetooth chip 101 requests registration information from the wallet APP106.
  • the registration information may include the Bluetooth broadcast signal to be scanned (for example, the Bluetooth broadcast signal carrying the first MAC address), and the remaining Bluetooth scan time.
  • the wallet APP 106 can also time the duration of the Bluetooth scan, and still store the remaining duration of the Bluetooth scan when the Bluetooth switch is restarted or the electronic device 10 is restarted.
  • the wallet APP106 sends the registration information of the depot APP106 to the Bluetooth proxy module 105.
  • the Bluetooth proxy module 105 sends the first notification to the Bluetooth chip 101 again.
  • the Bluetooth proxy module 105 counts the remaining Bluetooth scan duration.
  • the Bluetooth chip 101 turns on the Bluetooth scanning function and starts scanning for Bluetooth broadcast signals.
  • the Bluetooth proxy module 105 sends a sixth notification to the Bluetooth chip 101, and the sixth notification instructs to turn off the Bluetooth scan function.
  • the Bluetooth proxy module 105 is not limited to timing the scanning time of the Bluetooth chip 101, and may also be the timing of the scanning time performed by the Bluetooth chip 101.
  • the Bluetooth chip 101 can stop performing the Bluetooth scan.
  • the wallet APP 106 or the Bluetooth proxy module 105 can also store the remaining Bluetooth scan duration.
  • the Bluetooth chip 101 may still store the remaining Bluetooth scan duration, or obtain the remaining Bluetooth scan duration from the wallet APP 106 and the Bluetooth proxy module 105, and execute it according to the remaining Bluetooth scan duration Bluetooth scanning.
  • the Bluetooth chip 101 turns off the Bluetooth scanning function, that is, stops performing Bluetooth scanning.
  • steps S409 to S417 may refer to steps S309 to S314 in the example described in FIG. 8.
  • the Bluetooth chip 101 informs the Bluetooth agent module 105 to start the car manufacturer APP102 to establish the Bluetooth chip 101 and the main Bluetooth chip Bluetooth connection between 201. After the Bluetooth connection is established, the Bluetooth chip 101 stops Bluetooth scanning.
  • the timing time of the Bluetooth scanning in the Bluetooth proxy module 105 is 24 hours.
  • the Bluetooth proxy module 105 issues a first notification to start Bluetooth scanning and start timing.
  • the Bluetooth proxy module 105 determines that if the Bluetooth chip 101 still has not established a Bluetooth connection with the car machine 20 before 8 o'clock the next day, it will turn off the Bluetooth scanning function.
  • the Bluetooth switch restarts or the electronic device 10 restarts, and the Bluetooth proxy module 105 still closes the Bluetooth scanning function at 08 o'clock the next day.
  • the APP 102 of the car manufacturer has been connected to the car 20, and the Bluetooth chip 101 stops performing Bluetooth scanning.
  • the timing of this Bluetooth scan also ends.
  • the user can touch the negative screen, the user interface of the car factory APP 102, and the control for unlocking on the user interface of the wallet APP 106, so that the electronic device 10 can communicate with the car machine
  • the bluetooth connection between 20 performs cipher text verification, and then unlocks the car door.
  • the electronic device 10 may re-enable the Bluetooth scanning function.
  • the Bluetooth connection between the electronic device 10 and the car machine 20 may be disconnected in response to a user operation. That is, the Bluetooth connection is actively disconnected. Active disconnection is opposite to the aforementioned passive disconnection.
  • the electronic device 10 can display a control for disconnection on the negative one screen, the user interface of the car factory APP 102, and the user interface of the wallet APP 106.
  • the negative one screen, the user interface of the car factory APP 102, and the user interface of the wallet APP 106 are the first user interface, and the control for disconnecting is the first control.
  • the Bluetooth chip 101 of the electronic device 10 can disconnect the Bluetooth connection with the main Bluetooth chip 201.
  • the processor of the electronic device 10 may notify the Bluetooth proxy module 105 to indicate that this disconnection is actively triggered by the user. After receiving the notification, the Bluetooth proxy module 105 may no longer notify the Bluetooth chip 101 to scan, and the Bluetooth chip 101 may no longer send a connection request to the main Bluetooth chip 201. When the electronic device 10 actively disconnects the Bluetooth connection, the electronic device 10 will receive an error code such as "connection terminated by local host", and the car 20 will receive an error code such as "remote user terminated connection” .
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of a user interface provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the user interface 10 is a negative screen.
  • steps S101 to S104 realize that the registration of the APP 102 of the car factory is completed, and the ciphertext for unlocking has been delivered to the electronic device 10 and the car machine 20, the electronic device 10 can display the control for unlocking the car lock on the negative screen.
  • the negative screen 10 includes multiple functional controls, such as payment code control, scanning control, taxi control, driving door control 1011, and more.
  • the negative screen 10 may also contain contextual intelligence information, such as express delivery information. News information and the like may also be included on the negative one screen 10.
  • the driving door control 1011 is used to unlock the car lock. Specifically, when the user carries the electronic device 10 and moves near the car, the user can touch the door control 1011 to trigger the opening of the car door. In response to a user operation acting on the door control 1011, the electronic device 10 can turn on the Bluetooth scanning function. When the depot APP102 is closed, the electronic device 10 can start the depot APP102. The electronic device 10 can establish a Bluetooth connection between the electronic device 10 and the car device 20 according to the scanned Bluetooth broadcast signal from the car device 20, and complete the cipher text verification through the Bluetooth connection.
  • the recently opened application interface of the electronic device 10 does not include the user interface of the depot APP 102.
  • the Bluetooth broadcast signal sent by the car machine 20 is scanned, the electronic device 10 can start the car factory APP 102 when the car factory APP 102 is closed. Then, the application interface recently opened by the electronic device 10 includes the user interface of the APP 102 of the car manufacturer. Please refer to FIG. 11A and FIG. 11B.
  • FIG. 11A and FIG. 11B are schematic diagrams of some user interfaces provided by embodiments of the present application. As shown in FIG.
  • the recently opened application interface 20 when the depot APP 102 is cleaned by the system, the recently opened application interface 20 does not include the user interface of the depot APP 102.
  • the recently opened application interface 20 may include an interface of an application recently running in the foreground of the electronic device 10.
  • the recently opened application interface 20 may include a user interface of a camera application.
  • the electronic device 10 in response to a touch sliding operation acting on the recently opened application interface 20, the electronic device 10 may display user interfaces of more applications on the recently opened application interface 20.
  • the electronic device 10 can start the car factory APP 102 when the car factory APP 102 is closed.
  • the application interface recently opened by the electronic device 10 may include the user interface 2011 of the depot APP 102.
  • the user interface 2011 of the depot APP 102 may include a plurality of controls for controlling the vehicle.
  • the user interface 2011 includes a control for unlocking a vehicle door, a control for locking a vehicle door, a control for turning on an air conditioner, a control for turning off an air conditioner, and so on.
  • the user interface 2011 may also include multiple controls for viewing the status of the vehicle.
  • the user interface 2011 includes a control for viewing the state of a car door, a control for viewing the state of tire pressure, and so on.
  • the user interface 2011 of the car manufacturer APP 102 may also include controls for connecting the car machine 20, prompting "not currently connected, click to connect".
  • the user interface 2011 of the car manufacturer APP102 may also include a control for disconnecting the Bluetooth connection with the car machine, prompting "Currently connected, click to disconnect".
  • the control for disconnecting the Bluetooth connection with the car is the first control.
  • the electronic device 10 can disconnect the Bluetooth connection with the second electronic device and no longer scan for Bluetooth broadcast signals.
  • the setting interface on the electronic device 10 may include a setting entry for the Bluetooth proxy module.
  • the setting interface 200 includes a setting entry 201 of the Bluetooth proxy module.
  • the electronic device 10 displays the setting interface 300 of the Bluetooth proxy module.
  • the Bluetooth proxy module setting interface 300 includes a Bluetooth proxy module switch 301, a switch indication 302, and a registered application list 303. in:
  • the process of verifying the registration information by the wallet application during the registration process is triggered, that is, steps S202 to S204.
  • the switch indication 302 can indicate the function of the Bluetooth proxy module switch 301: when it is turned on, the Bluetooth proxy module is allowed to verify the identity of the installed application. Make the application realize non-sense payment, non-sense driving lock, etc.
  • the registered application list 303 may include application identifiers that have been registered on the electronic device 10 through steps S201 to S204.
  • the registered application list 303 includes an Alipay logo 3031 and a Bluetooth car key logo 3032.
  • the application identifiers in the registered application list 303 may be classified and displayed according to application categories, for example, classified into payment applications and other applications.
  • the function of the wallet APP 106 can be implemented by the Bluetooth proxy module 105. That is, the wallet APP 106 may no longer be included in the Bluetooth system, and the function of the wallet APP 106 is realized by the Bluetooth proxy module 105.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of a Bluetooth system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Verifying whether the registration information of the depot APP 102 is legal can be performed by the Bluetooth proxy module 105 according to the certificate, signature information, etc. from the wallet server. Specifically, in the process of unintentionally opening the car lock, the Bluetooth proxy module 105 may not need to send the third notification in step S310 of the example shown in FIG. 8, but verifies whether the registration information of the car manufacturer APP102 is legal according to the first MAC address . In addition, in step S311, the Bluetooth proxy module 105 can start the depot APP102. The registration process is similar. The depot APP 102 sends registration information to the Bluetooth proxy module 105, and the Bluetooth proxy module 105 verifies whether the registration information is legal.
  • the car manufacturer APP102 can establish a connection with the SE104.
  • the car manufacturer APP102 can take out the first ciphertext from the SE and communicate with the master through the Bluetooth chip 101.
  • the Bluetooth connection between the Bluetooth chips 201 is sent to the MCU 203 of the car machine 20.
  • the Bluetooth proxy module 105 can communicate with the wallet server to obtain certificates, signature information, and the like.
  • the Bluetooth proxy module 105 is used to verify whether the APP 102 of the car manufacturer is legal according to the certificate, signature information, and the like.
  • the embodiments of the present application are not limited to the function of unlocking the car lock without feeling, but can also be applied in other scenarios, for example, the application in the senseless payment scenario may also be a payment application.
  • a payment terminal for example, a payment device, analogous car technology 20
  • the electronic device 10 can turn on the Bluetooth scanning function.
  • the electronic device 10 can scan the Bluetooth broadcast signal sent by the payment terminal.
  • the electronic device 10 can start the payment application when the payment application is cleared by the system.
  • the payment application of the electronic device 10 can send the business information related to the payment device to the corresponding server to complete the subsequent payment process. In this way, in order to realize the senseless payment.
  • the senseless payment scenario please refer to the following description for details.
  • the application may also be a weight scale application.
  • the electronic device 10 can turn on the Bluetooth scanning function.
  • the weight scale can broadcast Bluetooth broadcast signals.
  • the electronic device 10 can start the weight scale application when the weight scale application is closed, and connect the weight scale back to it.
  • the weight scale can transmit weight data to the weight scale application via a Bluetooth connection. In this way, the weight data can be uploaded to the electronic device 10 without feeling.
  • the scene of uploading weight data without feeling please refer to the following description for details.
  • the embodiments of the present application are not limited to being applied to the above-mentioned scenario examples, and can also be applied to scenarios such as opening a door lock and synchronizing smart bracelet data to the electronic device 20.
  • the embodiments of the present application do not limit specific application scenarios.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of the architecture of a Bluetooth system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the Bluetooth system includes an electronic device 10, a Bluetooth device 30 (for example, a payment device 30), and a server 40.
  • the electronic device 10 can establish a communication connection with the server 40, and the payment device 30 can establish a communication connection with the server 40.
  • the payment device 30 may broadcast a Bluetooth broadcast signal.
  • the electronic device 10 can receive the Bluetooth broadcast signal.
  • An APP corresponding to the payment device 30 may be installed on the electronic device 10.
  • the APP is, for example, WeChat, and the server 40 is a WeChat server.
  • the server 40 can complete the user's face verification and automatically complete the payment business process. In the above-mentioned face payment process, the user does not need to manually operate the APP on the electronic device 10 to realize the senseless payment.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram of the architecture of a Bluetooth system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the electronic device 10 includes a Bluetooth chip 101 and an APP 102.
  • the Bluetooth chip 101 is connected to the APP 102.
  • the payment device 30 can continuously broadcast Bluetooth broadcast signals.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic flowchart of a business transaction method provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 16, based on the system architecture described in FIG. 14 and FIG. 15, the business transaction method includes steps S501 to S508.
  • the payment device 30 broadcasts a Bluetooth broadcast signal.
  • the Bluetooth broadcast signal carries device identity information and device identification information (such as UUID).
  • the device identity information may include a device ID.
  • the device ID can uniquely identify the payment device 30.
  • the UUID can identify a payment device that can connect the APP 102 and the server 40.
  • the UUID of the payment device that can connect to the Alipay application and the Alipay server is one of several UUIDs. The several UUIDs can be stored in the Bluetooth chip 101.
  • the Bluetooth chip 101 receives the Bluetooth broadcast signal from the payment device 30, and detects whether the device from which the Bluetooth broadcast signal comes (the payment device 30) has been registered on the electronic device 10.
  • the Bluetooth chip 101 can support BLE connection or BR/EDR connection. Then, when the Bluetooth scan switch on the electronic device 10 is turned on, the Bluetooth chip 101 can perform step S502.
  • the application processor of the electronic device 10 monitors the Bluetooth chip 101, and when it detects that the device from which the Bluetooth broadcast signal comes from (the payment device 30) has been registered on the electronic device 10, the APP 102 is run.
  • the application processor can detect whether the APP 102 is running after detecting that the device from which the Bluetooth broadcast signal comes has been registered, and if it is not running, execute step S504 to run the APP 102.
  • the AP of the electronic device 10 can automatically run the APP 102 through step S503.
  • the APP 102 sends a message carrying the device identity information and the account ID to the server 40.
  • the APP may send a message carrying the device ID and account ID to the server 40.
  • the device ID may be obtained by the Bluetooth chip 101 from the Bluetooth broadcast signal and sent to the APP 102.
  • the server 40 may obtain one or more account IDs capable of receiving the Bluetooth broadcast signal of the payment device 30. For example, the current number of electronic devices near the payment device 30 is 10, and the Alipay application is installed on these 10 electronic devices and the non-sense payment service is started.
  • Each of the Alipay applications on the 10 electronic devices has an Alipay account ID (for example, an Alipay account) logged in.
  • the service information (for example, device identity information) from the external Bluetooth device 51 can be transmitted to the APP 102, and the APP 102 can be transmitted to the server 40.
  • the server 40 can obtain the Alipay account ID on each of the 10 electronic devices. Steps S505-S508 perform face comparison to determine which Alipay account ID to execute the transaction process from.
  • the payment device 30 collects a face image.
  • the payment device 30 sends the collected face image and device ID to the server 40.
  • the device ID corresponds to the payment device 30 on a one-to-one basis.
  • S507 The server 40 recognizes and obtains the account ID according to the received face image and the device ID.
  • the server 40 can determine the account ID of the uploaded service information (for example, device identity information) according to the device ID.
  • the server 40 may determine 10 Alipay account IDs according to the device ID to upload business information (such as device identity information) to the server 40 through the payment device 30.
  • the server 40 can obtain the face image corresponding to each of the 10 Alipay account IDs.
  • the face image received from the payment device 30 is compared with the 10 face images, and then the Alipay account ID corresponding to the received face image can be obtained.
  • the server 40 may store the account ID and the corresponding face image, and the face image may be pre-stored by the user.
  • the face image corresponding to the account may also be obtained by the server 40 from other devices (for example, the electronic device 10), which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the server 40 completes the business transaction according to the account ID.
  • the server 40 can use the account ID obtained in step S507 as the debit account to complete the business transaction.
  • step S502 the application processor of the electronic device 10 needs to be in working state during the Bluetooth scanning process to monitor whether the device from which the Bluetooth broadcast signal comes has been registered on the electronic device 10, adding an electronic device 10 power consumption and memory usage.
  • the Bluetooth scan switch used to start the Bluetooth scan on the electronic device 10 is turned off by default, which affects the Bluetooth scan and reduces the convenience of the payment process.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a service execution method, which can improve the convenience of the service execution process and reduce the power consumption and memory occupation of the electronic device 10.
  • the business execution may include non-sense opening of the car lock business and non-sense payment business.
  • the electronic device 10 involved in the service execution method includes a Bluetooth proxy module.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic diagram of the architecture of a Bluetooth system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the Bluetooth system includes an electronic device 10, a Bluetooth device 50 (for example, a car, a payment device, etc.), and a server 40.
  • the Bluetooth device 50 includes, for example, a Bluetooth device 51 and a Bluetooth device 52.
  • the modules involved in the non-inductive payment service include a Bluetooth device 51, a Bluetooth chip 101, a Bluetooth proxy module 105, an APP 1021, and a server 40.
  • the modules involved in the non-sense activation of the car lock service include the Bluetooth device 52, the Bluetooth chip 101, the Bluetooth proxy module 105, APP1022, OMA API103, and SE104.
  • the electronic device 10 includes a Bluetooth chip 101, APP 102, OMA API 103, SE 104, Bluetooth proxy module 105, TEE 106, APP 1021 and APP 1022.
  • APP 1021 and APP 1022 may be different business applications (for example, one is a payment application, and the other is an application associated with the car 20).
  • Each application in APP 1021 and APP 1022 corresponds to a Bluetooth device.
  • APP 1021 corresponds to the Bluetooth device 51
  • APP 1022 corresponds to the Bluetooth device 52.
  • the application that performs permission verification during installation and the application that participates in the service execution process may be the same APP or different APPs. If it is a different APP, the APP participating in the service execution process is connected to the server 40 and connected to the Bluetooth proxy module.
  • the number of Bluetooth devices corresponding to APP 1021 can be multiple.
  • the device identification information of the Bluetooth device is stored on the Bluetooth proxy module 105 and the Bluetooth chip 101, and corresponds to an APP on the electronic device 10.
  • the Alipay application can correspond to multiple payment devices, and the business execution process can be completed on these multiple payment devices.
  • This embodiment of the application takes APP 1021 as a payment application and Bluetooth device 51 as its corresponding payment device as an example, and takes APP 1022 as a car application (ie a car factory APP) and Bluetooth device 52 as an example of a car corresponding to it.
  • the Bluetooth proxy module 105 is connected to the APP 1022.
  • the Bluetooth proxy module 105 is also connected to the TEE 106, and the Bluetooth proxy module 105 is also connected to the SE 104 through the OMA API 103.
  • the Bluetooth proxy module 105 When the car lock is turned on, when the Bluetooth chip 101 detects that the device from which the Bluetooth broadcast signal comes has been registered on the electronic device 10, the Bluetooth proxy module 105 is activated.
  • the Bluetooth proxy module 105 can establish a path with an external Bluetooth device, and the Bluetooth proxy module 105 is connected to the SE 104, so that the business information (such as cipher text) in the SE 104 can be transmitted to the external Bluetooth device (such as a car).
  • the Bluetooth proxy module 105 is also connected to the TEE 106, so that the service information (such as ciphertext) in the TEE 106 can also be transmitted to an external Bluetooth device (such as a car, etc.).
  • the Bluetooth chip 101 is connected with the Bluetooth proxy module 105, the Bluetooth proxy module 105 is connected with the APP 1021, and the APP 1021 establishes a communication connection with the server 40.
  • the Bluetooth device 51 establishes a communication connection with the server 40.
  • the Bluetooth proxy module 105 can wake up the APP 1021, and the service information from the external Bluetooth device 51 (for example, the device ID of the Bluetooth device 51) can be transmitted to the APP 1021.
  • the APP 1021 establishes a communication connection with the server 40, so that the service information (for example, the device ID of the Bluetooth device 51) from the external Bluetooth device 51 is transmitted to the server 40.
  • the server 40 can complete the service according to the service information transmitted from the APP 1021 and the user information (for example, face image) collected from the Bluetooth device 51.
  • the device identification stored on the Bluetooth chip 101 is the device identification corresponding to the application that has passed the verification. That is, the application corresponding to the first device identifier has been verified on the electronic device 10.
  • the Bluetooth proxy module 105 When the Bluetooth chip 101 scans the first device identification in the device identification, the above-mentioned Bluetooth proxy module 105 is activated.
  • the Bluetooth proxy module 105 and the application processor in the electronic device 10 do not need to be in a working state all the time, thereby reducing the power consumption and memory occupation of the electronic device 10.
  • the Bluetooth proxy module can run an APP without the user needing to manually run the APP, thereby realizing a process of execution that is insensitive to the user, and improving the convenience of the business execution process.
  • the Bluetooth proxy module 105 can run the APP 1021, the APP 1021 in the electronic device 10 does not need to be running all the time, and the APP 1021 can be terminated by the application processor, thereby further reducing the power consumption and memory of the electronic device 10 Occupied.
  • the Bluetooth proxy module 105 also provides a Bluetooth scanning management platform for the service execution process related to Bluetooth.
  • the Bluetooth proxy module 105 is connected to the SE 104 without running the APP 1022, and directly establishes a Bluetooth path between the Bluetooth chip 101 and the Bluetooth device 60, thereby further reducing the power consumption and memory usage of the electronic device 10.
  • APP 1022 can also be connected to TEE 106. Then the Bluetooth proxy module 105 can wake up the APP 1022. APP 1022 can obtain service information (such as ciphertext) from TEE 106 and transmit it to the Bluetooth proxy module 105. The Bluetooth proxy module 105 establishes a path with an external Bluetooth device, and sends the service information to the external Bluetooth device (such as a car), and the external Bluetooth device can perform corresponding services, such as a drive lock, according to the service information.
  • service information such as ciphertext
  • APP 1022 can also be connected to SE 104 through OMA API. Then the Bluetooth proxy module 105 can wake up the APP 1022, and the APP 1022 can obtain service information (such as ciphertext) from the SE 104 and transmit it to the Bluetooth proxy module 105.
  • the Bluetooth proxy module 105 establishes a path with an external Bluetooth device (such as a car), and sends the service information to the external Bluetooth device (such as a car), and the external Bluetooth device can perform corresponding services, such as a drive lock, according to the service information.
  • an external Bluetooth device such as a car
  • the external Bluetooth device such as a car
  • the external Bluetooth device can perform corresponding services, such as a drive lock, according to the service information.
  • the service execution process is the non-sensing face payment as an example.
  • the Bluetooth device 50 may be the payment device 30. It is understandable that the embodiment of the present application takes a faceless payment scenario as an example for introduction, and it may also be other business scenarios, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic diagram of the architecture of a Bluetooth system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the Bluetooth system includes an electronic device 10, a Bluetooth device 50 (for example, a payment device 30), and a server 40.
  • the electronic device 10 includes a Bluetooth chip 101, a Bluetooth proxy module 105, and an APP 102.
  • the Bluetooth chip 101 establishes a connection with the Bluetooth proxy module 105
  • the Bluetooth proxy module 105 establishes a connection with the APP 102.
  • FIG. 19 is a schematic flowchart of the APP 102 registration process provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the APP 102 registration process includes steps S201 to S206.
  • the APP 102 When the APP 102 is installed on the electronic device 10, the APP 102 sends first registration information to the Bluetooth proxy module 105.
  • the first registration information may include one or more of the following:
  • 1APP_ID the identification (ID) of APP 102 that is registered
  • 2APP_AWAKE_ID The ID of APP 102 that needs to be awakened after the Bluetooth chip 101 scans the identification information of the first device;
  • 3CORRESPONDENT_ID The ID of the correspondent when transmitting business information
  • the ID of the correspondent may be the ID of APP 102, and APP 102 can be awakened when a Bluetooth broadcast signal is scanned.
  • the ID of the communicator can also be the UUID of the TA, and the APP 102 can be awakened to establish a path with the external Bluetooth device when the Bluetooth broadcast signal is scanned.
  • the ID of the communicant may also be an applet identification (AID), and the APP 102 can be awakened to establish a path with an external Bluetooth device when the Bluetooth broadcast signal is scanned.
  • AID applet identification
  • the first device identification information the identification information of the Bluetooth device that APP 102 wants to scan, which exemplarily includes but is not limited to the UUID of the external Bluetooth device;
  • APP 102 corresponds to a UUID list.
  • the UUID list contains one or more UUIDs.
  • the Bluetooth proxy module 105 passes the Bluetooth broadcast signal transaction broadcast by the external Bluetooth device corresponding to the UUID.
  • the Bluetooth proxy module 105 performs permission verification on the APP 102 according to the first registration information.
  • the Bluetooth proxy module 105 may store APP_IDs of multiple APPs, and the multiple APP_IDs are recognized by the Bluetooth proxy module 105.
  • the Bluetooth proxy module 105 detects whether the APP_ID in the first registration information is included in the plurality of stored APP_IDs. If the APP_ID in the first registration information is included in the plurality of stored APP_IDs, the permission verification is passed, and step S603 is executed. If the APP_ID in the first registration information is not included in the plurality of APP_IDs stored, the permission verification fails and the end is ended.
  • the Bluetooth proxy module 105 may also have other permission verification methods, which are not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the Bluetooth proxy module 105 may be located at the application framework layer in the example shown in FIG. 5, and may be an application/interface of the application framework layer.
  • the Bluetooth proxy module 105 is not limited to being located at the application framework layer, and may also be located at other layers.
  • the Bluetooth proxy module 105 sends the first device identification information to the Bluetooth chip 101.
  • the Bluetooth chip 101 can store the identification information of the device passed the authorization verification.
  • the Bluetooth proxy module 105 passes the permission verification of APP1, and the registration information of APP1 includes UUID1, UUID2, UUID3, and UUID4.
  • the Bluetooth proxy module 105 passes the permission verification of APP2, and the registration information of APP2 includes UUID5 and UUID6.
  • the Bluetooth chip 101 can receive and store UUID1, UUID2, UUID3, UUID4, UUID5, and UUID6.
  • the embodiment of the present application takes the device identification information as UUID as an example for introduction, but the device identification information is not limited to UUID, and may also be other device information.
  • the Bluetooth proxy module 105 stores the first registration information of the APP 102 when the permission verification is passed.
  • the Bluetooth proxy module 105 can find the corresponding APP, or the corresponding TA, or the corresponding applet through the first registration information and the UUID scanned by the Bluetooth chip 101.
  • the Bluetooth proxy module 105 detects whether the Bluetooth scanning function of the Bluetooth chip 101 is turned on.
  • the Bluetooth chip 101 when the Bluetooth scanning function of the Bluetooth chip 101 is turned on, the Bluetooth chip 101 can receive a Bluetooth broadcast signal and detect whether the device identification information carried on the Bluetooth broadcast signal is stored on the Bluetooth chip 101. When the Bluetooth scanning function of the Bluetooth chip 101 is turned off, the Bluetooth chip 101 cannot receive Bluetooth broadcast signals.
  • EnableBLE can be called to turn on the Bluetooth scanning function.
  • the Bluetooth chip 101 performs scanning.
  • the Bluetooth chip 101 performs a scanning process, can receive Bluetooth broadcast signals, and detect whether the UUID carried on the Bluetooth broadcast signal is stored on the Bluetooth chip 101.
  • the APP 102 completes the registration on the electronic device 10.
  • the electronic device 10 can log in to the account on the APP 102 in response to the user's operation.
  • the electronic device 10 can log in to an Alipay account on the Alipay application in response to a user operation, and the Alipay account may be the account ID of the Alipay application on the electronic device 10.
  • the account password corresponding to the account ID needs to be verified.
  • FIG. 20 is a schematic flowchart of a business transaction method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the business transaction method is based on the system architecture shown in FIG. 18, and the business transaction method includes steps S701 to S710.
  • the Bluetooth device 50 broadcasts a Bluetooth broadcast signal.
  • the Bluetooth broadcast signal may carry the first device identification information (for example, the first UUID) and the first device identification information (for example, the first device ID).
  • the first device identity information corresponds to the Bluetooth device 50 one-to-one.
  • the Bluetooth chip 101 receives the Bluetooth broadcast signal of the device, and detects whether the device (the Bluetooth device 50) from which the received Bluetooth broadcast signal comes is registered on the electronic device 10.
  • the Bluetooth proxy module 105 can be in dormant state.
  • the Bluetooth chip 101 wakes up the Bluetooth proxy module 105 and sends the first device identification information.
  • Bluetooth proxy module 105 If the Bluetooth proxy module 105 is already in the activated state, there is no need to wake up the Bluetooth proxy module 105 and send the first device identification information to the Bluetooth proxy module 105.
  • the Bluetooth proxy module 105 runs the APP 102 according to the first device identification information and the first registration information.
  • the Bluetooth proxy module 105 stores the first registration information in step S603 of the registration process.
  • the Bluetooth proxy module 105 finds the first registration information through the first device identification information, and finds and runs APP 102 through the APP_AWAKE_ID in the first registration information.
  • 5OPTION in the first registration information can indicate that the entity receiving the data is APP 102, and after the Bluetooth chip 101 scans the first device identification information, APP 102 is awakened.
  • the Bluetooth proxy module 105 can also determine that the APP 102 needs to be run according to the OPTION. Then run APP 102 through APP_AWAKE_ID in the first registration information.
  • the Bluetooth proxy module 105 sends the identity information of the first device to the APP107.
  • the first device identification information may be sent to the Bluetooth proxy module 105 by the Bluetooth chip 101 together with the first device identification information in step S703.
  • the APP 102 sends a message carrying the identity information of the first device and the first account ID to the server 40.
  • the service information from the external Bluetooth device 50 (for example, the device ID of the Bluetooth device 50) can be transmitted to the APP 102, and the APP 102 sends the service information to the server 40 to prepare for the subsequent transaction process.
  • the first account ID is the ID of the account logged in on APP 102.
  • the account ID may be an Alipay account.
  • step S706 the user can execute the transaction process (for example, faceless payment) through verification methods such as face and fingerprint, refer to steps S707 to S710.
  • steps S707 to S710 reference may be made to the description of steps S505 to S508 in the example shown in FIG. 16, which will not be repeated here.
  • the Bluetooth device 50 collects the first face image.
  • the Bluetooth device 50 sends a message carrying the first face image and the identity information of the first device to the server 40.
  • the server 40 recognizes and obtains the first account ID according to the first face image and the identity information of the first device.
  • the server 40 completes the business transaction according to the first account ID.
  • the Bluetooth proxy module 105 is activated only after the device from which the Bluetooth broadcast signal received by the Bluetooth chip 101 is registered on the electronic device 10.
  • the Bluetooth proxy module 105 and the application processor in the electronic device 10 do not need to be in a working state all the time, thereby reducing the power consumption and memory occupation of the electronic device 10.
  • the Bluetooth proxy module 105 can run the APP 102 without requiring the user to manually run the APP 102, thereby realizing a process of performing business transactions without feeling for the user, and improving the convenience of the business transaction process.
  • the Bluetooth proxy module 105 can run the APP 102.
  • the APP 102 in the electronic device 10 does not need to be running all the time, and can be terminated by the application processor, thereby further reducing the power consumption and memory usage of the electronic device 10.
  • the Bluetooth proxy module 105 also provides a Bluetooth scanning management platform for the business transaction process related to Bluetooth.
  • the Bluetooth scanning function in step S702 may be implemented by manually turning on the Bluetooth scanning switch 1001 by the user.
  • the Bluetooth scanning function may also be turned on when the electronic device 10 detects that the Bluetooth scanning function is not turned on.
  • steps S604 to S605 are performed by the Bluetooth proxy module.
  • 105 Turn on the Bluetooth scanning function.
  • the Bluetooth proxy module 105 can also automatically turn on the Bluetooth scanning function during the business transaction process after the registration is completed.
  • the Bluetooth proxy module 105 can turn on the Bluetooth scanning function, which eliminates the need for the user to manually turn on the Bluetooth scanning function, realizes the process of performing business transactions without feeling for the user, and improves the convenience of the business transaction process.
  • FIG. 21 is a schematic diagram of the deregistration process of APP 102 according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the APP 102 deregistration process includes steps S801 to S806.
  • the Bluetooth proxy module 105 sends a first notification to the Bluetooth chip 101.
  • the first notification instructs the Bluetooth chip 101 to stop scanning the first device identification information.
  • the first device identification information is the first device identification information included in the registration information of the APP 102 during registration.
  • the first device identification information included in the registration information of the APP 102 during registration is: UUID1, UUID2, UUID3, and UUID4.
  • the first notification instructs the Bluetooth chip 101 to stop scanning UUID1, UUID2, UUID3, and UUID4.
  • the Bluetooth chip 101 detects that the Bluetooth broadcast signal contains UUID1, UUID2, UUID3, and UUID4, it is considered that the device from which the Bluetooth broadcast signal comes is not registered on the electronic device 10, and the Bluetooth proxy module 105 is no longer awakened.
  • the application processor can detect that the APP 102 is uninstalled, and broadcast a broadcast indicating that the APP 102 is uninstalled.
  • the Bluetooth proxy module 105 determines that it is detected that the APP 102 is uninstalled through the broadcast indicating that the APP 102 is uninstalled, and executes step S801.
  • the Bluetooth chip 101 stops scanning the first device identification information according to the first notification.
  • the Bluetooth chip 101 can delete the stored device identification information corresponding to the APP 102.
  • the Bluetooth chip 101 can delete the stored UUID1, UUID2, UUID3, and UUID4.
  • the Bluetooth proxy module 105 deletes the registration information of APP 102.
  • step S803 may also be executed before step S802.
  • the Bluetooth chip 101 After performing the above APP 102 logout process, when the Bluetooth chip 101 detects that the Bluetooth broadcast signal contains the first device identification information, it is considered that the device from which the Bluetooth broadcast signal comes is not registered on the electronic device 10, and the Bluetooth proxy module 105 is no longer awakened. , No longer establish a Bluetooth channel.
  • the service execution method is introduced by taking the example of uploading service information (for example, weight information) to an electronic device without feeling
  • the Bluetooth device 50 may be a weight scale 90.
  • the electronic device 10 may receive a Bluetooth broadcast signal.
  • An APP 102 corresponding to the weight scale 90 may be installed on the electronic device 10.
  • the APP 102 on the electronic device 10 can establish a path with the weight scale 90 through Bluetooth broadcast signals, and the weight scale 90 can upload the weight data detected in real time to the APP 102.
  • the user does not need to manually operate the APP 102 on the electronic device 10, and the data can be uploaded to the electronic device 10 without feeling.
  • FIG. 22 is a schematic diagram of the architecture of a Bluetooth system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the Bluetooth system includes a Bluetooth device (for example, a weight scale 90) and an electronic device 10.
  • the electronic device 10 includes a Bluetooth chip 101, a Bluetooth proxy module 105, and an APP 102.
  • the Bluetooth chip 101 establishes a connection with the Bluetooth proxy module 105
  • the Bluetooth proxy module 105 establishes a connection with the APP 102.
  • the electronic device 10 can execute a service execution method provided in the embodiment of the present application.
  • a service execution method provided in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the service execution method includes steps S901 to S906.
  • the Bluetooth device 90 broadcasts a Bluetooth broadcast signal.
  • the Bluetooth broadcast signal may carry the first device identification information (for example, the first UUID) and the first device identification information (for example, the first device ID).
  • the first device identity information corresponds to the Bluetooth device 50 one-to-one.
  • the Bluetooth connection between the electronic device 10 and the Bluetooth device 90 is disconnected, and the Bluetooth chip 101 of the electronic device 10 can be turned on
  • the Bluetooth scanning function starts scanning for Bluetooth broadcast signals.
  • the Bluetooth chip 101 receives the Bluetooth broadcast signal, and detects whether the device from which the Bluetooth broadcast signal comes (the Bluetooth device 90) has been registered on the electronic device 10.
  • the Bluetooth proxy module 105 Can be in dormant state.
  • the Bluetooth chip 101 wakes up the Bluetooth proxy module 105 and sends the first device identification information.
  • the Bluetooth proxy module 105 runs the APP 102 according to the first device identification information and the first registration information.
  • steps S901 to S904 For the description of steps S901 to S904, reference may be made to the detailed description of steps S701 to S704 of the service execution method described in FIG. 20.
  • the Bluetooth proxy module 105 can establish a path with the Bluetooth device 90, and the business information from the Bluetooth device 90 (such as weight information) ) Can be transmitted to the Bluetooth proxy module 105.
  • the Bluetooth proxy module 105 can wake up the APP, and transmit the service information (for example, weight information) to the APP 102.
  • the Bluetooth proxy module 105 can also instruct the Bluetooth chip 101 to connect back to the Bluetooth device 90 to establish a Bluetooth connection between the Bluetooth chip 101 and the Bluetooth chip in the Bluetooth device 90.
  • the connection back process may be a BLE back connection process or a BR/EDR back connection process, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the service information (for example, weight information) from the external Bluetooth device 90 may also be received by the Bluetooth chip 101 in the form of a broadcast signal, and transmitted to the Bluetooth proxy module 105. Then, the service information is transmitted to APP 102 by the Bluetooth proxy module 105.
  • the Bluetooth device 90 detects weight information.
  • the weight information may include data such as weight value, body fat value, and health index.
  • the weight information can be sent to APP 102 via a Bluetooth connection.
  • the Bluetooth device 90 sends the weight information to the APP 102 through the path between the Bluetooth device 90 and the APP 102.
  • APP 102 can save the weight information, and APP 102 can also display the weight information.
  • the Bluetooth agent Module 105 is activated.
  • the Bluetooth proxy module 105 and the application processor in the electronic device 10 do not need to be in a working state all the time, thereby reducing the power consumption and memory occupation of the electronic device 10.
  • the user does not need to manually run the APP 102, which realizes a process of execution that is insensitive to the user, and improves the convenience of the business execution process.
  • the Bluetooth proxy module 105 also provides a management platform for the Bluetooth-related service execution process.
  • the Bluetooth scanning function may also be turned on when the electronic device 10 detects that the Bluetooth scanning function is not turned on.
  • the Bluetooth scanning function is turned on through the Bluetooth proxy module 105.
  • the Bluetooth proxy module 105 can also automatically turn on the Bluetooth scanning function during the service execution process after the registration is completed.
  • the Bluetooth proxy module 105 can turn on the Bluetooth scanning function, which eliminates the need for the user to manually turn on the Bluetooth scanning function, realizes the process of performing the service without feeling for the user, and improves the convenience of the service execution process.
  • the Bluetooth broadcast signal broadcast by the Bluetooth device 90 is not limited to including the first UUID, and may also include the MAC address of the weight scale.
  • a Bluetooth connection process is established with the electronic device 10, and the Bluetooth device 90 transmits its own MAC address (first MAC address) to the electronic device 10.
  • the Bluetooth chip of the electronic device 10 stores the first MAC address.
  • the electronic device 10 scans the Bluetooth broadcast signal according to the first MAC address.
  • the weight scale application corresponding to the weight scale is started only when the MAC address carrying the first MAC address is scanned.
  • the weight scale application can instruct the Bluetooth chip 101 to connect to the weight scale.
  • the electronic device 10 when the electronic device 10 detects that the APP 102 corresponding to the Bluetooth device 90 is cleaned by the system, the electronic device 10 can turn on the Bluetooth scanning function and start scanning for Bluetooth broadcast signals.
  • the Bluetooth device 90 described in FIG. 22 and FIG. 23 is not limited to a weight scale, and may also be other wearable devices, such as a smart watch.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a Bluetooth system and a Bluetooth connection method. This method is based on the system architecture described in Figure 1.
  • the Bluetooth device 60 may be the car machine 20 shown in FIG. 1. It is understandable that the embodiment of the present application takes the scenario of unlocking the car lock without feeling as an example for introduction, and it may also be other business scenarios, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the Bluetooth system includes an electronic device 10, a Bluetooth device 60 (for example, a car 20), and a server 70.
  • the electronic device 10 includes a Bluetooth chip 101, a Bluetooth proxy module 105, APP 102, OMA API 103, SE 104, and TEE 106.
  • OMA API 103—SE 104 and TEE 106 may include only one or both of them in the Bluetooth system.
  • the Bluetooth chip 101 establishes a connection with the Bluetooth proxy module 105
  • the Bluetooth proxy module 105 is connected with the TEE 106
  • the Bluetooth proxy module 105 is connected with the SE 104 through the OMA API 103.
  • FIG. 25 is a schematic flowchart of the APP 102 registration process provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the APP 102 registration process includes steps S1001 to S1006.
  • the APP 102 obtains the first certificate from the server 70.
  • the APP 102 can obtain the first certificate from the server 70.
  • the first certificate can be used to prove the authority of APP 102 to the Bluetooth proxy module 105.
  • the APP 102 when the APP 102 is installed on the electronic device 10, the APP 102 may send a message for requesting issuance of the first certificate to the server 70, and then the server 70 sends the first certificate to the APP 102. In another possible implementation manner, when the APP 102 is installed on the electronic device 10, the server 70 issues the first certificate to the APP 102.
  • APP 102 sends the first registration information and the first certificate to the Bluetooth proxy module 105.
  • the APP 102 may also send the first certificate to the Bluetooth proxy module 105.
  • the first certificate can prove the authority of APP 102 to the Bluetooth proxy module 105, so that the authority verification of APP 102 is passed in step S1003.
  • the Bluetooth proxy module 105 performs permission verification on the APP 102 according to the first registration information and the first certificate.
  • the Bluetooth proxy module 105 sends the first device identification information to the Bluetooth chip 101.
  • the Bluetooth proxy module 105 detects whether the Bluetooth scanning function of the Bluetooth chip 101 is turned on.
  • the Bluetooth proxy module 105 turns on the Bluetooth scanning function.
  • the Bluetooth chip 101 performs scanning.
  • step S1002 The process of the first certificate in step S1002 and the permission verification in step S1003 will be introduced below.
  • the first certificate is a digital certificate digitally signed by a certificate authority (CA).
  • the certificate authority is approved by the Bluetooth proxy module 105.
  • the first certificate may include the public key of the server 70, the name of the server 70, and the digital signature of the certificate authority.
  • the first certificate can randomly generate an identity code.
  • Each digital certificate can generate a corresponding identity code, but the identity code generated each time is different.
  • the first certificate is electronic data that contains the identity information of the server 70 and is verified and issued by the certification center. Therefore, the first certificate can prove to the Bluetooth proxy module 105 that the server 70 is authenticated by the certificate authority through the digital signature of the certificate authority.
  • the public key of the certificate authority is stored on the Bluetooth proxy module 105.
  • the public key of the certificate authority is used to verify the digital signature of the certificate authority in the first certificate. After the verification is passed, it indicates that the authority verification is passed, and then the execution Steps S1004 to S1007.
  • steps S1004 to S1007 reference may be made to the description of steps S603 to S606 in the example shown in FIG. 19, which will not be repeated here.
  • the electronic device 10 can execute the service execution method provided in the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 26 is a schematic flowchart of a service execution method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the service execution method takes the establishment of a Bluetooth path between the external Bluetooth device 60 and the SE 104 as an example, and the establishment of a Bluetooth path between the external Bluetooth device 60 and the TEE 106 is similar.
  • the service execution method is based on the system architecture shown in FIG. 24, and the service execution method includes steps S1101 to S1108.
  • the Bluetooth device 60 broadcasts a Bluetooth broadcast signal.
  • the Bluetooth broadcast signal may carry the first device identification information (for example, the first UUID) and the first device identification information (for example, the first device ID).
  • the first device identity information corresponds to the Bluetooth device 50 one-to-one.
  • the Bluetooth chip 101 receives the Bluetooth broadcast signal from the Bluetooth device 60, and detects whether the device from which the received Bluetooth broadcast signal comes is registered on the electronic device 10.
  • the Bluetooth proxy module 105 Can be in dormant state.
  • the Bluetooth chip 101 wakes up the Bluetooth proxy module 105 and sends the first device identification information.
  • the Bluetooth proxy module 105 stores the first registration information in step S203 of the registration process shown in FIG. 10.
  • the Bluetooth proxy module 105 finds the first registration information through the first device identification information.
  • 5OPTION in the first registration information can indicate that the entity receiving the data is TEE 106, and the Bluetooth chip 101 does not wake up the APP 102 after scanning the first device identification information.
  • the Bluetooth proxy module 105 can establish a path with the Bluetooth device 60. Then, a path between the Bluetooth proxy module 105 and the external Bluetooth device is established through steps S1101 to S1103, and the Bluetooth proxy module 105 can obtain the service information of the TEE 106 and transmit it to the external Bluetooth device.
  • step S1103 the user can execute the transaction process (for example, unlocking the car lock without feeling) by carrying the electronic device 10 close to the Bluetooth device 60, refer to steps S1104 to S1108.
  • the transaction process for example, unlocking the car lock without feeling
  • the car 20 may execute steps S1101 to S1103 when it detects that the distance from the electronic device 10 is less than or equal to a set distance (for example, 30 meters). Bluetooth access process. After establishing a path between the Bluetooth proxy module 105 and the car 20 through steps S1101 to S1103, the car 20 can detect the distance between the electronic device 10 and the car 20 in real time. When the car 20 detects that the distance from the electronic device 10 is less than or equal to the set distance (for example, 10 meters), the car 20 may perform steps S1104 to S1107 to complete the verification process. When the car 20 detects that the distance from the electronic device 10 is less than or equal to the set distance (for example, 3 meters), step S1108 is executed to unlock the car.
  • a set distance for example, 30 meters.
  • the Bluetooth device 60 sends a cipher text verification instruction to the Bluetooth proxy module 105 via the path.
  • the cipher text verification command can be encrypted and transmitted through a digital signature.
  • the cipher text verification instruction may include a digital signature of the Bluetooth device 60, for example, a digital signature that includes the private key of the Bluetooth device 60 itself.
  • the Bluetooth proxy module 105 can store a public key corresponding to the private key of the Bluetooth device 60 itself. The Bluetooth proxy module 105 first uses the public key to verify the digital signature of the Bluetooth device 60 after receiving the ciphertext verification instruction. If the verification is passed, step S1105 is executed.
  • the Bluetooth proxy module 105 obtains the first ciphertext from the applet of the SE 104.
  • the Bluetooth proxy module 105 sends the first ciphertext to the Bluetooth device 60 through the Bluetooth chip 101.
  • the first ciphertext can be encrypted for transmission in the transmission process of step S1106, and the embodiment of the present application does not limit the encryption method.
  • the Bluetooth device 60 compares the first ciphertext with the ciphertext in the SE.
  • the comparison will pass.
  • the Bluetooth proxy module 105 is activated after the Bluetooth chip 101 detects that the device from which the Bluetooth broadcast signal comes (the Bluetooth device 60) has been registered on the electronic device 10.
  • the Bluetooth proxy module 105 and the application processor in the electronic device 10 do not need to be in a working state all the time, thereby reducing the power consumption and memory occupation of the electronic device 10.
  • the above-mentioned service execution method flow does not need to run the APP 102, and directly establishes a Bluetooth channel between the SE 104 and the Bluetooth device 60, thereby reducing the power consumption and memory usage of the electronic device 10.
  • the above-mentioned business execution method flow does not require the user to manually run the APP 102, which realizes the process of executing the business without feeling for the user, and improves the convenience of the business execution process.
  • the Bluetooth proxy module 105 also provides a management platform for establishing Bluetooth channels for the execution process of Bluetooth-related services.
  • the Bluetooth scanning function in step S1102 may be implemented by manually turning on the Bluetooth scanning switch 1001 by the user.
  • the Bluetooth scanning function may also be turned on when the electronic device 10 detects that the Bluetooth scanning function is not turned on.
  • steps S1005 to S1006 Bluetooth proxy module 105 Turn on the Bluetooth scanning function.
  • the Bluetooth proxy module 105 can also automatically turn on the Bluetooth scanning function during the business process after the registration is completed.
  • the Bluetooth proxy module 105 can turn on the Bluetooth scanning function, which eliminates the need for the user to manually turn on the Bluetooth scanning function, realizes the process of performing the service without feeling for the user, and improves the convenience of the service execution process.
  • the APP 102 may also establish a connection with the SE 104 through the OMA API 103.
  • the 5OPTION in the first registration information can indicate that the entity receiving the data is the SE 104, and the Bluetooth chip 101 wakes up the APP 102 after scanning the first device identification information. Then, after step S1103, the Bluetooth proxy module 105 wakes up the APP 102.
  • the Bluetooth proxy module 105 can establish a path with the external Bluetooth device 60, and the Bluetooth proxy module 105 is connected to the SE 104, so that the business information (such as ciphertext) in the SE 104 can be transmitted to the Bluetooth device 60 (such as a car).
  • the Bluetooth device 60 may also establish a communication connection with the server 70, as shown in FIG. 24.
  • the Bluetooth device 60 can exchange service information with the server 70 through the communication connection.
  • the business information is, for example, a fingerprint comparison result from SE 104 in the electronic device 10.
  • the server 70 needs to verify the user identity on the electronic device 10 during the transaction, for example, verify the user's fingerprint or verify the user's face image
  • the electronic device 10 After the verification is completed, the comparison result can be sent to the server 70 via the Bluetooth device 60.
  • fingerprint verification as an example, first, the electronic device 10 compares the detected fingerprint with a pre-stored fingerprint, and stores the comparison result in the SE 104 of the electronic device 10.
  • the Bluetooth proxy module 105 obtains the comparison result from the SE 104.
  • the Bluetooth proxy module 105 sends the comparison result to the Bluetooth device 60 through the Bluetooth connection.
  • the Bluetooth device 60 sends the comparison result to the server 70 through the communication connection with the server 70 to complete the transaction process.
  • the communication connection between the Bluetooth device 60 and the server 70 is not limited to the above functional examples, and can also be used for the transmission of other service information in the service execution process, which is not limited in this embodiment of the application.
  • the server 70 does not need to be passed during the APP 102 registration process.
  • the Bluetooth proxy module 105 itself stores the APP_ID of the APP 102, and through the APP_ID of the APP 102, the Bluetooth proxy module 105 can verify the authority of the APP.
  • FIG. 27 is a schematic diagram of the architecture of a Bluetooth system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the Bluetooth system includes an electronic device 10 and a Bluetooth device 80 (e.g., a car 20).
  • the electronic device 10 includes a Bluetooth chip 101, a Bluetooth proxy module 105, APP 102, OMA API 103, SE 104, and TEE 106.
  • OMA API 103—SE 104 and TEE 106 may include only one or both of them in the Bluetooth system.
  • the Bluetooth chip 101 establishes a connection with the Bluetooth proxy module 105
  • the Bluetooth proxy module 105 is connected with the TEE 106
  • the Bluetooth proxy module 105 is connected with the SE 104 through the OMA API 103.
  • the registration process can be specifically referred to the embodiment described in FIG. 10, and the registration process can be completed only in the electronic device 10.
  • the service execution process reference may be made to the embodiment described in FIG. 26 for details. Neither the registration process nor the business execution process need to interact with the server.
  • the service deregistration process refer to the specific description of the example shown in FIG. 13. I won't repeat it here.
  • the embodiment of the present application takes a Bluetooth connection as an example for introduction.
  • the Bluetooth connection in the embodiment of the present application may be a BLE connection or a BR/EDR connection.
  • the embodiments of the present application are not limited to Bluetooth connections, and may also be other short-range wireless communication connections, such as Wi-Fi connections, ZigBee connections, etc., which are not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • all or part of the functions can be implemented by software, hardware, or a combination of software and hardware.
  • software When implemented by software, it can be implemented in the form of a computer program product in whole or in part.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions.
  • the computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices.
  • the computer instructions may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server or data center integrated with one or more available media.
  • the usable medium may be a magnetic medium (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape), an optical medium (for example, a DVD), or a semiconductor medium (for example, a solid state disk (SSD)).

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Computer Security & Cryptography (AREA)
  • Databases & Information Systems (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)
  • Telephone Function (AREA)
  • Lock And Its Accessories (AREA)

Abstract

本申请实施例提供一种蓝牙连接方法、系统和电子设备，该方法中，当电子设备与汽车车机之间的通信连接断开时，电子设备开始扫描蓝牙广播信号。当用户携带电子设备靠近汽车车机时，电子设备可扫描到汽车车机发送的蓝牙广播信号。当扫描到汽车车机发送的蓝牙广播信号时，电子设备可在车厂应用被系统清理的情况下，启动车厂应用。电子设备可通过车厂应用、蓝牙芯片对汽车车机进行蓝牙回连。实施本申请实施例，可以提高无感开启车锁的场景下开锁的便利性。

Description

蓝牙连接方法、系统和电子设备
本申请要求于2020年01月21日提交国家知识产权局、申请号为202010072388.1、申请名称为“蓝牙连接方法、系统和电子设备”的中国专利申请的优先权，其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。
技术领域
本申请涉及电子技术领域，尤其涉及一种蓝牙连接方法、系统和电子设备。
背景技术
随着蓝牙功能在电子设备的不断发展，电子设备上蓝牙功能在用户的生活中应用越来越广泛。电子设备上蓝牙功能可用于开启车锁、协助其他设备进行人脸支付等场景，为用户带来便利性。
以蓝牙功能开启车锁为例，电子设备可响应于用户操作，打开车钥匙对应的应用并启动蓝牙芯片进行蓝牙扫描。当电子设备的处理器通过蓝牙芯片扫描到汽车车机的广播信号并建立蓝牙连接后，汽车可以通过电子设备中车钥匙对应的应用进行安全验证，验证通过则打开车锁。
上述利用蓝牙功能开启车锁的过程，应用需在电子设备上运行才能打开车锁。当应用在电子设备上被系统清理时，需要用户手动打开车钥匙对应的应用以实现上述开锁过程。这样，降低了利用蓝牙开锁的便利性。
发明内容
本申请公开了一种蓝牙连接方法、系统和电子设备，在无感开启车锁的场景下可提高开锁的便利性。
第一方面，本申请实施例提供一种蓝牙系统，该蓝牙系统包含第一电子设备和第二电子设备，该第一电子设备上安装有第一应用，该第一应用与该第二电子设备关联，其中：该第一电子设备被配置为：与该第二电子设备建立蓝牙连接；用于当满足第一预设条件时，断开；还用于响应于该蓝牙连接断开，扫描蓝牙广播信号；该第二电子设备被配置为：用于响应于该蓝牙连接断开，广播第一广播信号；该第一广播信号携带该第二电子设备的设备信息；该第一电子设备，还用于当扫描到该第一广播信号携带该第二电子设备的设备信息时，启动该第一应用；该第一电子设备，还用于通过该第一应用向该第二电子设备发送回连请求；该第一电子设备，还用于当接收到该第二电子设备发送的响应数据包时，与该第二电子设备建立蓝牙连接。
第一方面所提供的蓝牙系统中，即便第一应用被系统清理掉，依然无需用户手动在电子设备上打开第一应用，第一电子设备可在扫描到第二电子设备发送的蓝牙广播信号时，在第一应用被关闭的情况下启动第一应用以实现建立两设备之间的蓝牙连接通路，以无感实现两设备之间进行数据传输。
下面举例具体应用场景。
(1)无感开启车锁的场景
例如，在无感开启车锁的场景中，该第二电子设备为汽车车机，该第一应用为车厂应用；该第一电子设备，还用于通过与该汽车车机之间的蓝牙连接，接收来自该汽车车机的密文校验指令；该第一电子设备，还用于通过该车厂应用将第一密文发送给该汽车车机；该汽车车机，还用于根据该第一密文进行密文校验，校验通过则开启汽车车锁。这样，即便车厂应用被系统清理掉，依然无需用户手动在第一电子设备上打开车厂应用，第一电子设备可在扫描到汽车车机发送的蓝牙广播信号时，在车厂应用被关闭的情况下启动车厂应用以实现建立两设备之间的蓝牙连接通路，提高了开启汽车的车锁的便利性，从而提高无感开启车锁的体验。
其中，当车门把手被拉动且第一电子设备与汽车车机之间的距离小于设定阈值时，汽车车机的MCU通过蓝牙芯片与主蓝牙芯片之间的蓝牙连接向钱包APP发送密文校验指令。
本申请实施例中，第二电子设备中测距蓝牙芯片可处于休眠状态，只有当主蓝牙芯片的RSSI大于设定阈值时需要对第一电子设备进行精确测距时MCU才唤醒测距蓝牙芯片。这样，只有当用户携带第一电子设备靠近汽车，在汽车附近设定距离内，MCU才启动测距蓝牙芯片来确定携带第一电子设备的用户与汽车之间的相对方位、与汽车车机之间的距离。在用户拉动车门把手时，MCU根据第一电子设备的用户与汽车之间的相对方位、与汽车车机之间的距离，确定进行密文校验，以开启汽车车锁。
本申请实施例对唤醒测距蓝牙芯片的时间不作限定。不限于在主蓝牙芯片的RSSI大于设定阈值时才唤醒，例如还可以是在主蓝牙芯片与蓝牙芯片建立连接时，即唤醒测距蓝牙芯片。
(2)配件(例如蓝牙电子秤)上传数据到电子设备的场景
再例如，在配件(例如蓝牙电子秤)上传数据到电子设备的场景中，该第二电子设备为蓝牙电子秤，该第一应用为体重秤应用。该第一电子设备，还用于通过与该蓝牙电子秤之间的蓝牙连接，接收来自该蓝牙电子秤的体重数据。例如当重新建立起蓝牙连接时，将体重数据传输给第一电子设备。该第一电子设备，还可通过该体重秤应用显示该体重数据。这样，即便该体重秤应用被系统清理掉，依然无需用户手动在第一电子设备上打开该体重秤应用，第一电子设备可在扫描到体重秤发送的蓝牙广播信号时，在体重秤应用被关闭的情况下启动体重秤应用以实现建立两设备之间的蓝牙连接通路，提高了传输体重数据的便利性，从而提高无感上传体重数据到电子设备的体验。
(3)可穿戴设备(例如手环、手表)上传数据到电子设备场景
又例如，在可穿戴设备(例如手环、手表)上传数据到电子设备场景中，第一电子设备，还用于通过与该手环之间的蓝牙连接，接收来自该手环的数据(例如睡眠、运动数据)。例如当重新建立起蓝牙连接时，将睡眠、运动数据传输给第一电子设备。该第一电子设备，还可通过该手环应用显示该睡眠、运动数据。这样，即便该手环应用被系统清理掉，依然无需用户手动在第一电子设备上打开该手环应用，第一电子设备可在扫描到手环发送的蓝牙广播信号时，在手环应用被关闭的情况下启动手环应用以实现建立两设备之间的蓝牙连接通路，提高了传输睡眠、运动数据的便利性，从而提高无感上传睡眠、运动数据到电子设备的体验。
结合第一方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，该第一预设条件，包括：该第一应用被系统清理掉；或者该第一电子设备的接收信号强度RRSI小于设定阈值，该第一应用为启动状态。
其中，只要是蓝牙连接被动断开，第一电子设备均可执行蓝牙扫描以重新建立起蓝牙连接。其中，“被动断开”是指由于蓝牙连接的距离拉远或者其他原因导致信号质量较差导致蓝牙连接断开。
在蓝牙芯片与主蓝牙芯片之间的蓝牙连接被动断开的情况下，将接收到“connection timeout”错误码。例如第一电子设备与汽车车机拉距(即距离过远)导致两设备无法通信，即该蓝牙连接断开。再例如当障碍物遮挡或者其他原因导致两设备无法通信，即蓝牙连接断开。蓝牙接收信号强度RRSI低于阈值，则两设备无法通信，即该蓝牙连接断开。当第一电子设备上蓝牙代理模块识别到蓝牙连接被动断开时，蓝牙代理模块指示蓝牙芯片扫描蓝牙广播信号。
第一电子设备响应于用户的操作，关闭车厂，从而蓝牙芯片与主蓝牙芯片之间的蓝牙连接断开，该情况下蓝牙连接也属于被动断开。例如，当用户在最近打开的应用界面，点击清理控件，第一电子设备可清除后台运行的车厂APP，从而蓝牙芯片与主蓝牙芯片之间的蓝牙连接断开，该情况下蓝牙连接也属于被动断开。当第一电子设备上蓝牙代理模块识别到蓝牙连接被动断开时，蓝牙代理模块指示蓝牙芯片扫描蓝牙广播信号。
结合第一方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，该第一电子设备，具体用于响应于该蓝牙连接断开，当该第一应用为关闭状态时，扫描蓝牙广播信号；该第一电子设备，还用于响应于该蓝牙连接断开，当该第一应用被系统清理掉时，向该第二电子设备发送该回连请求。
结合第一方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，该第一电子设备，具体用于当与该第二电子设备之间的蓝牙连接断开时，在设定时间内扫描蓝牙广播信号；该第一电子设备，还用于当在该设定时间内未扫描到该第一蓝牙广播信号时，停止扫描蓝牙广播信号。
在本申请的另一些实施例中，例如在无感开启车锁场景下，当与汽车车机蓝牙连接断开，且车厂APP仍然处于开启状态时，第一电子设备上蓝牙芯片可在不同的通道分别发起连接请求和进行蓝牙扫描。具体的，蓝牙芯片可支持多通道连接。当与汽车车机蓝牙连接断开，且车厂APP仍然处于开启状态时，蓝牙芯片的一个通道(例如通道1)可处于initiating状态以回连汽车车机的主蓝牙芯片，另一个通道(例如通道2)可处于scanning状态以进行蓝牙扫描。蓝牙芯片可通过以上任一个通道来实现重新建立起与主蓝牙芯片之间的蓝牙连接。
可选的，当通过通道1建立起与主蓝牙芯片之间的蓝牙连接时，蓝牙芯片可停止通道2上的连接进程。当通过通道2建立起与主蓝牙芯片之间的蓝牙连接时，蓝牙芯片可停止通道1上的连接进程。这样，通过两个通道回连汽车车机的主蓝牙芯片，可提高回连效率。
结合第一方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，该第一电子设备，具体用于：当扫描到的第一广播信号携带该第二电子设备的设备信息时，检测该第一应用的注册信息是否合法；当该第一应用的注册信息合法时，启动该第一应用。
在无感开启车锁场景中，车厂APP重新通过蓝牙芯片与主蓝牙芯片之间建立蓝牙连接时，钱包APP可重新验证该APP的注册信息。当钱包APP对应的钱包服务器对车厂服务 器不再认可时，钱包服务器本地存储的认可的厂商名称列表中不再包含车厂服务器的名称。这样，当重新建立蓝牙连接时实时验证注册信息的合法性，可提高安全性。
结合第一方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，该第一电子设备，还用于显示第一用户界面，该第一用户界面上包含第一控件，该第一控件用于断开与该第二电子设备之间的蓝牙连接；
该第一电子设备，还用于响应于作用在该第一控件上的用户操作，断开与该第二电子设备之间的蓝牙连接，不再扫描蓝牙广播信号。
结合第一方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，该第一电子设备与该第二电子设备之间的蓝牙连接为低功耗蓝牙BLE连接或者经典蓝牙BR/EDR连接。
其中，BLE连接场景下，第一电子设备的蓝牙芯片开始扫描蓝牙广播信号时，该蓝牙扫描可以为BLE扫描，此时蓝牙芯片处于scanning状态。第二电子设备的主蓝牙芯片发送蓝牙广播信号，主蓝牙芯片可处于广播(advertising)状态。蓝牙芯片向主蓝牙芯片发起回连时，蓝牙芯片101进入initiating状态。最后，蓝牙芯片101由initiating状态进入连接(connection)状态，主蓝牙芯片由advertising进入connection状态，从而蓝牙芯片与主蓝牙芯片回连重新建立连接。
在BR/EDR连接场景下，在注册流程中蓝牙芯片和主蓝牙芯片已完成配对。蓝牙芯片开始进行蓝牙扫描时，该蓝牙扫描可以为BR/EDR扫描，此时蓝牙芯片处于inquiry状态。主蓝牙芯片发送蓝牙广播信号，主蓝牙芯片可处于inquiry scan状态。为了恢复蓝牙连接，蓝牙芯片向已经蓝牙连接过的主蓝牙芯片发起回连。示例性的，蓝牙芯片可寻呼(page)主蓝牙芯片，以建立起蓝牙芯片与主蓝牙芯片之间的蓝牙连接。
结合第一方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，该第二电子设备的设备信息包含该第二电子设备的媒体存取控制位MAC地址、该第二电子设备的车辆识别码VIN、该第二电子设备的通用唯一识别码UUID中的一个或多个。
以MAC地址为例，第一电子设备的蓝牙芯片101可获得扫描到的蓝牙广播信号携带的MAC地址，并与本地存储的第二电子设备的MAC地址比对。当蓝牙广播信号携带的MAC地址与存储的第二电子设备的MAC地址相同时，第一电子设备可启动第一应用。
结合第一方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，该第一电子设备，还用于在与该第二电子设备建立蓝牙连接时，获取该第二电子设备的设备信息；该第一电子设备，还用于检测该第一应用的注册信息是否合法，该第一应用的注册信息包含该第二电子设备的设备信息；该第一电子设备，还用于当该第一应用的注册信息合法时，存储该第二电子设备的设备信息，存储的该第二电子设备的设备信息用于该第一电子设备扫描该第一广播信号。
在无感开启车锁场景中，第一电子设备上车厂APP可向钱包APP发送注册信息。其中，注册信息可包含汽车车机的MAC地址(第一MAC地址)、APP的包名、汽车的品牌等等。其中，该注册信息还可包含证书和/或签名信息，该证书和/或签名信息由车厂服务器下发给车厂APP，例如可以是在电子设备安装车厂APP时下发给车厂APP的。
结合第一方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，该第一电子设备具体用于：从服务器获取第一证书，该第一证书用于证明该第一应用的权限；根据该第一证书检测该第一应用的注册信息是否合法。
第一电子设备的蓝牙代理模块105可存储权限校验通过的注册信息，例如包含前述车厂APP的注册信息。
在无感开启车锁场景中，车厂服务器还可将用于解锁的密文发送给第一电子设备的钱包APP和汽车车机的MCU。钱包APP将用于解锁的密文存储在SE，汽车车机的MCU将用于解锁的密文存储在车机SE。该用于解锁的密文可以是用户在车厂APP设置的，也可以是根据用户在车厂APP设置的密码生成的。
在本申请实施例中，车厂APP102注册完成(注册信息合法)，且用于解锁的密文已下发到第一电子设备和汽车车机后，第一电子设备可在负一屏、车厂APP的用户界面和钱包APP的用户界面上显示用于解锁的控件。响应于作用在该用于解锁的控件的用户操作，电子设备可通过与汽车车机之间的蓝牙连接进行密文校验，进而实现汽车车门解锁。
其中，负一屏界面是指在系统的多个桌面屏幕左侧的，用于展示信息的屏幕；其中，桌面屏幕用于放置应用程序或小组件图。
结合第一方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，该第一电子设备还安装有第二应用，该车厂应用与该第二应用连接，该第二应用与安全存储区连接，该安全存储区存储有该第一密文；该第一电子设备，具体用于通过该车厂应用和该第二应用，从该安全存储区域获取第一密文，并将该第一密文发送给该汽车车机。
结合第一方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，当第一电子设备和第二电子设备重新建立起蓝牙连接之后，第一电子设备可停止扫描蓝牙广播信号。第二电子设备也可停止广播蓝牙广播信号。具体的，当蓝牙芯片与主蓝牙芯片建立连接时，蓝牙代理模块可向蓝牙芯片发送第五通知，第五通知用于指示蓝牙芯片关闭蓝牙扫描功能，即停止进行蓝牙扫描。
本申请实施例中，当蓝牙芯片和主蓝牙芯片之间建立蓝牙连接时，蓝牙协议栈可向蓝牙代理模块发送通知。当重新建立起蓝牙芯片与主蓝牙芯片之间的蓝牙连接时，不再需要扫描蓝牙广播信号，关闭蓝牙扫描功能，从而节省功耗。
本申请实施例中，第一电子设备中蓝牙代理模块可对蓝牙扫描的时长进行计时。具体的，蓝牙代理模块按照该蓝牙扫描的时长对蓝牙芯片执行蓝牙扫描的时间进行计时。当计时时间超过该蓝牙扫描的时长时，蓝牙代理模块可通知蓝牙芯片关闭蓝牙扫描功能，即停止进行蓝牙扫描。
当蓝牙开关关闭并重新打开或者电子设备重启时，第一电子设备记录剩余的蓝牙扫描的时长，并进行扫描。
第二方面，本申请实施例提供一种蓝牙连接方法，第一电子设备上安装有第一应用，该第一应用与该第二电子设备关联，该方法包括：该第一电子设备与该第二电子设备建立蓝牙连接；当满足第一预设条件时，该第一电子设备与该第二电子设备之间的蓝牙连接断开；响应于该蓝牙连接断开，该第一电子设备扫描蓝牙广播信号；当扫描到的第一广播信号携带该第二电子设备的设备信息时，该第一电子设备启动该第一应用；该第一电子设备通过该第一应用向该第二电子设备发送回连请求；当接收到该第二电子设备发送的响应数据包时，该第一电子设备与该第二电子设备建立蓝牙连接。
第二方面所提供的蓝牙连接方法可实现，即便第一应用被系统清理掉，依然无需用户 手动在电子设备上打开第一应用，第一电子设备可在扫描到第二电子设备发送的蓝牙广播信号时，在第一应用被关闭的情况下启动第一应用以实现建立两设备之间的蓝牙连接通路，以无感实现两设备之间进行数据传输。
结合第二方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，该第一预设条件，包括：该第一应用被系统清理掉；或者该第一电子设备的接收信号强度RRSI小于设定阈值，该第一应用为启动状态。
结合第二方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，该响应于该蓝牙连接断开，该第一电子设备扫描蓝牙广播信号，包括：响应于该蓝牙连接断开，当该第一应用为关闭状态时，该第一电子设备扫描蓝牙广播信号；该方法还包括：响应于该蓝牙连接断开，当该第一应用被系统清理掉时，向该第二电子设备发送该回连请求。
结合第二方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，该响应于该蓝牙连接断开，该第一电子设备扫描蓝牙广播信号，包括：响应于该蓝牙连接断开，该第一电子设备在设定时间内扫描蓝牙广播信号；该方法还包括：当在该设定时间内该第一电子设备未扫描到携带该第一蓝牙广播信号时，该第一电子设备停止扫描蓝牙广播信号。
结合第二方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，该当扫描到的第一广播信号携带该第二电子设备的设备信息时，该第一电子设备启动该第一应用，包括：当扫描到的第一广播信号携带该第二电子设备的设备信息时，该第一电子设备检测该第一应用的注册信息是否合法；当该第一应用的注册信息合法时，该第一电子设备启动该第一应用。
结合第二方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，该方法还包括：该第一电子设备显示第一用户界面，该第一用户界面上包含第一控件，该第一控件用于断开与该第二电子设备之间的蓝牙连接；响应于作用在该第一控件上的用户操作，该第一电子设备断开与该第二电子设备之间的蓝牙连接，不再扫描蓝牙广播信号。
结合第二方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，该第二电子设备为汽车车机，该第一应用为车厂应用，该第一电子设备与该第二电子设备建立蓝牙连接之后，该方法还包括：该第一电子设备通过与该汽车车机之间的蓝牙连接，接收来自该汽车车机的密文校验指令；该第一电子设备通过该车厂应用将该第一密文发送给该汽车车机，该第一密文用于该汽车车机校验密文以开启汽车车锁。
结合第二方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，该第一电子设备与该第二电子设备之间的蓝牙连接为低功耗蓝牙BLE连接或者经典蓝牙BR/EDR连接。
结合第二方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，该第二电子设备的设备信息包含该第二电子设备的MAC地址、该第二电子设备的VIN、该第二电子设备的UUID中的一个或多个。
结合第二方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，该方法还包括：在与该第二电子设备建立蓝牙连接时，该第一电子设备获取该第二电子设备的设备信息；该第一电子设备检测该第一应用的注册信息是否合法，该第一应用的注册信息包含该第二电子设备的设备信息；当该第一应用的注册信息合法时，该第一电子设备存储该第二电子设备的设备信息，存储的该第二电子设备的设备信息用于该第一电子设备扫描该第一广播信号。
结合第二方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，该第一电子设备检测该第一应用的注册信息是否合法，包括：该第一电子设备从服务器获取第一证书，该第一证书用于证明该第一 应用的权限；该第一电子设备根据该第一证书检测该第一应用的注册信息是否合法。
结合第二方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，该第一电子设备还安装有第二应用，该车厂应用与该第二应用连接，该第二应用与安全存储区连接，该安全存储区存储有该第一密文；该第一电子设备通过该车厂应用将该第一密文发送给该汽车车机，包括：该第一电子设备通过该车厂应用和该第二应用，从该安全存储区域获取第一密文，并将该第一密文发送给该汽车车机。
第三方面，本申请实施例提供了一种第一电子设备，包括：一个或多个处理器；存储器；蓝牙芯片；所述蓝牙芯片支持经典蓝牙BR/EDR和低功耗蓝牙BLE；多个应用程序；所述多个应用程序包含第一应用；所述第一应用用于在启动状态时使得所述第一电子设备与第二电子设备建立蓝牙连接；以及一个或多个计算机程序，其中所述一个或多个计算机程序被存储在所述存储器中，所述一个或多个计算机程序包括指令，当所述指令被所述第一电子设备执行时，使得所述第一电子设备执行以下步骤：与所述第二电子设备建立蓝牙连接；当满足第一预设条件时，与所述第二电子设备之间的蓝牙连接断开；响应于所述蓝牙连接断开，扫描蓝牙广播信号；当扫描到的第一广播信号携带所述第二电子设备的设备信息时，启动所述第一应用；通过所述第一应用向所述第二电子设备发送回连请求；当接收到所述第二电子设备发送的响应数据包时，与所述第二电子设备建立蓝牙连接。
第三方面所提供的第一电子设备中，即便第一应用被系统清理掉，依然无需用户手动在电子设备上打开第一应用，第一电子设备可在扫描到第二电子设备发送的蓝牙广播信号时，在第一应用被关闭的情况下启动第一应用以实现建立两设备之间的蓝牙连接通路，以无感实现两设备之间进行数据传输。
结合第三方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第一预设条件，包括：所述第一应用被系统清理掉；或者所述第一电子设备的接收信号强度RRSI小于设定阈值，所述第一应用为启动状态。
结合第三方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，当所述指令被所述第一电子设备执行时，使得所述第一电子设备具体执行以下步骤：响应于所述蓝牙连接断开，当所述第一应用为关闭状态时，扫描蓝牙广播信号；当所述指令被所述第一电子设备执行时，使得所述第一电子设备还执行以下步骤：响应于所述蓝牙连接断开，当所述第一应用被系统清理掉时，向所述第二电子设备发送所述回连请求。
结合第三方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，当所述指令被所述第一电子设备执行时，使得所述第一电子设备具体执行以下步骤：响应于所述蓝牙连接断开，在设定时间内扫描蓝牙广播信号；当所述指令被所述第一电子设备执行时，使得所述第一电子设备还执行以下步骤：当在所述设定时间内所述第一电子设备未扫描到携带所述第一蓝牙广播信号时，停止扫描蓝牙广播信号。
结合第三方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，当所述指令被所述第一电子设备执行时，使得所述第一电子设备具体执行以下步骤：当扫描到的第一广播信号携带所述第二电子设备的设备信息时，检测所述第一应用的注册信息是否合法；当所述第一应用的注册信息合法时，启动所述第一应用。
结合第三方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，当所述指令被所述第一电子设备执行时，使得所述第一电子设备还执行以下步骤：显示第一用户界面，所述第一用户界面上包含第一控件，所述第一控件用于断开与所述第二电子设备之间的蓝牙连接；响应于作用在所述第一控件上的用户操作，断开与所述第二电子设备之间的蓝牙连接，不再扫描蓝牙广播信号。
结合第三方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第二电子设备为汽车车机，所述第一应用为车厂应用，所述第一电子设备与所述第二电子设备建立蓝牙连接之后，当所述指令被所述第一电子设备执行时，使得所述第一电子设备还执行以下步骤：通过与所述汽车车机之间的蓝牙连接，接收来自所述汽车车机的密文校验指令；通过所述车厂应用将所述第一密文发送给所述汽车车机，所述第一密文用于所述汽车车机校验密文以开启汽车车锁。
结合第三方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第一电子设备与所述第二电子设备之间的蓝牙连接为低功耗蓝牙BLE连接或者经典蓝牙BR/EDR连接。
结合第三方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第二电子设备的设备信息包含所述第二电子设备的MAC地址、所述第二电子设备的VIN、所述第二电子设备的UUID中的一个或多个。
第四方面，本申请实施例提供了一种蓝牙芯片，该蓝牙芯片应用于第一电子设备，该芯片包括一个或多个处理器，该处理器用于调用计算机指令以使得该第一电子设备执行如第二方面以及第二方面中任一可能的实现方式描述的方法。
第五方面，本申请提供了一种计算机存储介质，包括计算机指令，当所述计算机指令在电子设备上运行时，使得所述电子设备执行如第二方面、第二方面任一种可能的实施方式提供的蓝牙连接方法。
第六方面，本申请实施例提供一种计算机程序产品，当计算机程序产品在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行如第二方面、第二方面任一种可能的实施方式提供的蓝牙连接方法。
可以理解地，上述提供的第三方面所述的电子设备、第四方面所述的蓝牙芯片、第五方面所述的计算机存储介质、或者第六方面所述的计算机程序产品均用于执行第二方面、或第二方面的任一种可能的实施方式所提供的蓝牙连接方法。因此，其所能达到的有益效果可参考对应方法中的有益效果，此处不再赘述。
附图说明
下面对本申请实施例用到的附图进行介绍。
图1是本申请实施例提供的一种蓝牙系统的架构示意图；
图2是本申请实施例提供的一种蓝牙系统的架构示意图；
图3是本申请实施例提供的一种BLE连接方法流程示意图；
图4是本申请实施例提供的电子设备10的结构示意图；
图5是本申请实施例的电子设备10的软件结构框图；
图6是本申请实施例提供的一种蓝牙系统的架构示意图；
图7是本申请实施例提供的车厂APP102注册过程的流程示意图；
图8是本申请实施例提供的无感开启汽车车锁过程的流程示意图；
图9是本申请实施例提供的蓝牙扫描方法的流程示意图；
图10是本申请实施例提供的一种用户界面的示意图；
图11A和图11B是本申请实施例提供的一些用户界面的示意图；
图12A和图12B是本申请实施例提供的一些用户界面的示意图；
图13是本申请实施例提供的一种蓝牙系统的结构示意图；
图14是本申请实施例提供的一种蓝牙系统的架构示意图；
图15是本申请实施例提供的一种蓝牙系统的架构示意图；
图16是本申请实施例提供的一种业务交易方法的流程示意图；
图17是本申请实施例提供的一种蓝牙系统的架构示意图；
图18是本申请实施例提供的一种蓝牙系统的架构示意图；
图19是本申请实施例提供的APP 102注册过程的流程示意图；
图20是本申请实施例提供的一种业务交易方法的流程示意图；
图21是本申请实施例提供的APP 102注销的流程示意图；
图22是本申请实施例提供的一种蓝牙系统的架构示意图；
图23是本申请实施例提供的一种业务执行方法的流程示意图；
图24是本申请实施例提供的一种蓝牙系统的架构示意图；
图25是本申请实施例提供的APP 102注册过程的流程示意图；
图26是本申请实施例提供的一种业务执行方法的流程示意图；
图27是本申请实施例提供的一种蓝牙系统的架构示意图。
具体实施方式
下面结合本申请实施例中的附图对本申请实施例进行描述。本申请实施例的实施方式部分使用的术语仅用于对本申请的具体实施例进行解释，而非旨在限定本申请。
首先介绍本申请实施例涉及的应用场景。蓝牙功能在无感业务中的应用越来越广泛。无感业务包括无感开启车锁、无感支付等。下面分别结合系统架构以无感开启车锁的应用场景为例进行介绍。
可以理解的，本申请实施例不限于无感开启车锁的应用场景，还可以包含其他蓝牙功能实现的业务过程，例如，无感支付场景，配件(例如蓝牙电子秤)、可穿戴设备(例如手环、手表)上传数据到电子设备的场景，本申请实施例对此不作限定。
请参阅图1，图1是本申请实施例提供的一种蓝牙系统的架构示意图。如图1所示，该蓝牙系统包含电子设备10和蓝牙设备20(例如汽车车机20)。其中汽车车机20可广播蓝牙广播信号。电子设备10上可安装有与汽车车机20对应的车厂应用(application，APP)。当车厂APP处于开启状态时，用户在携带电子设备10靠近汽车车机20的过程中，电子设备10可接收到蓝牙广播信号，该车厂APP可通过蓝牙广播信号与汽车建立通信连接。汽车车机20可通过该通信连接完成安全验证，安全验证成功则自动开启汽车的车锁。
上述开启汽车的车锁的过程中，无需用户手动操作电子设备10上的APP，即可实现无感自动开启汽车的车锁，实现无感开启车锁。关于建立通信连接并自动开启汽车的车锁的原理可参考图2所描述示例。
下面结合电子设备10和汽车车机20的结构介绍图1所示场景中开启汽车车锁的过程。请参阅图2，图2是本申请实施例提供的一种蓝牙系统的架构示意图。如图2所示，电子设备10和汽车车机20可建立通信连接，该通信连接可以是蓝牙连接。具体的，在图1所示出的场景中，可以是在用户携带电子设备10靠近汽车车机20的过程中，电子设备10与汽车车机20建立蓝牙通信连接。
如图2所示，电子设备10包含蓝牙芯片101、车厂APP102和安全单元(secure element，SE)104，SE 104中包含小应用程序(applet)。其中，车厂APP102和SE 104可通过开放移动联盟应用编程接口(open mobile alliance application programming interface，OMA API)103(OMA API 103图中未示出)连接。OMA API 103是一种通过富执行环境(rich execution environment，REE)调用SE中applet的接口。
如图2所示，汽车车机20包含车载蓝牙芯片201和车机SE 202。其中，车机SE 202中包含车载applet。车载蓝牙芯片201和车机SE 202之间也可以通过车机OMA API连接。SE 104的applet中可包含用于开锁的密文。车机SE 202中也包含用于开锁的密文。SE 104的applet中的密文与车机SE 202中的密文一一对应。示例性的，车厂的服务器可分别与电子设备10的SE 104和汽车车机20的车机SE 202建立安全通道，将相同的密文分别放入SE 104和SE 202中。
下面结合图2所示出的架构示意图，以BLE连接为例介绍电子设备10与汽车车机20之间的通信连接断开并重新建立的过程。该场景下，用户携带电子设备10远离汽车，使得电子设备10与汽车车机20之间的BLE连接断开。之后，电子设备10上的车厂APP102被系统清理掉，当用户携带电子设备10重新靠近汽车时，用户手动在电子设备10上启动车厂APP102，以重新建立电子设备10与汽车车机20之间的BLE连接。
请参阅图3，图3是本申请实施例提供的一种BLE连接方法流程示意图。如图3所示，该BLE连接方法包括：
S101、电子设备10上车厂APP102处于启动状态，蓝牙芯片101与车载蓝牙芯片201之间建立BLE连接。
S102、电子设备10与汽车车机20之间拉距，导致蓝牙芯片101与车载蓝牙芯片201之间的BLE连接断开。
可以理解的，本申请实施例以拉距为例介绍，但是不限于拉距使得蓝牙连接断开，执行步骤S103以进行回连。例如当障碍物遮挡或者其他原因导致蓝牙连接断开，但车厂APP102仍然运行，电子设备10依然执行步骤S103的回连步骤。
其中，拉距是指电子设备10与汽车车机20之间的距离过远。当电子设备10与汽车车机20之间的距离过远时，两设备之间不能进行通信，即BLE连接断开。当由于两设备之间距离过远使得蓝牙芯片101与车载蓝牙芯片201之间的BLE连接断开时，电子设备10上车厂APP102仍然处于运行状态。车厂APP102可以是后台运行，也可以是前台运行。
S103、蓝牙芯片101向车载蓝牙芯片201发送连接请求。
其中，蓝牙芯片101可处于发起(initiating)状态。蓝牙芯片101可向车载蓝牙芯片201发送连接请求，并侦听车载蓝牙芯片201的广播信道消息。当蓝牙芯片101侦听到来 自车载蓝牙芯片201的广播信号时，进行响应以建立起蓝牙芯片101与车载蓝牙芯片201的BLE连接，建立连接的过程可参考图6所描述示例中步骤S201中的描述。当接收到其他设备的广播信号时，不进行响应。
该BLE连接可用于开启汽车车锁过程中车载蓝牙芯片201与车厂APP102之间的通信。具体的，汽车车机20可通过该通信连接向电子设备10发送密文校验指令。电子设备10接收到该密文校验指令后，将SE 104的applet中的密文经由该通信连接发送给汽车车机20。汽车车机20将接收到的密文与车机SE 202中的密文进行比对，比对通过(例如两密文相同则比对通过)则开启汽车的车锁。
S104、车厂APP102被电子设备10的系统清理掉，执行步骤S105。
其中，车厂APP102被系统清理掉后，车厂APP102处于关闭状态。
蓝牙芯片102可获知车厂APP102被电子设备10的系统清理掉，并执行步骤S105。
S105、蓝牙芯片101停止侦听广播信道消息。
当车厂APP102被关闭时，蓝牙芯片101停止侦听广播信道消息。车厂APP102在电子设备10上被关闭，可包含但不限于以下情况：(1)响应于用户的关闭操作，电子设备10关闭该车厂APP102。(2)车厂APP102被系统清理掉，例如，当车厂APP102在电子设备10系统后台运行时长超过预设时间时，电子设备10可关闭该车厂APP102，以减少功耗。
用户携带电子设备10靠近汽车车机20的过程中，当车厂APP102在电子设备10上被关闭(例如被电子设备10的系统清理掉)时，需要用户手动打开车厂APP102以重新建立BLE连接。
S106、响应于用户操作，电子设备10上车厂APP102被启动，则执行步骤S107。
例如，响应于作用在车厂APP102的图标上的触摸操作，电子设备10启动车厂APP102并显示车厂APP102的用户界面。
S107、车厂APP102通知蓝牙芯片101开始侦听广播信道消息。
蓝牙芯片101可重新进入Initiating状态。
S108、蓝牙芯片101向车载蓝牙芯片发送连接请求，并侦听到来自车载蓝牙芯片201的广播信号。
S109、蓝牙芯片101重新建立起与车载蓝牙芯片201之间的BLE连接。
其中，蓝牙芯片101内可存储有汽车车机20的媒体存取控制位(media access control，MAC)地址，而车载蓝牙芯片201广播的蓝牙广播信号中包含汽车车机20的MAC地址，蓝牙芯片101侦听到来自车载蓝牙芯片201的蓝牙广播信号后，建立起与车载蓝牙芯片201之间的BLE连接。
可以理解的，本申请实施例以汽车车机20的MAC地址为例进行介绍，但是不限于MAC地址，车载蓝牙芯片201广播的蓝牙广播信号还可携带其他指示该汽车的参数，例如车架号(车辆识别码(vehicle identification number，VIN))等，本申请实施例对此不作限定。
可见，用户携带电子设备10靠近汽车车机20的过程中，当车厂APP102在电子设备10上被关闭(例如被电子设备10的系统清理掉)时，需要用户手动打开车厂APP102以实现上述开锁过程。这样，降低了开启汽车的车锁的便利性，不利于无感开启车锁的体验。
本申请实施例提供一种蓝牙连接方法，当电子设备10与汽车车机20之间的通信连接断开时，电子设备10开启蓝牙扫描功能，开始扫描蓝牙广播信号。当用户携带电子设备10靠近汽车车机20时，电子设备10可扫描到汽车车机20发送的蓝牙广播信号。当扫描到汽车车机20发送的蓝牙广播信号时，电子设备10可在车厂APP102被系统清理的情况下，启动车厂APP102。电子设备10可通过车厂APP、蓝牙芯片101对汽车车机20进行蓝牙回连。这样，电子设备10可建立车厂APP102与汽车车机中车载蓝牙芯片201的通信连接，以实现无感开启车锁。
本申请实施例提供的蓝牙连接方法中，即便车厂APP102被系统清理掉，依然无需用户手动在电子设备10上打开车厂APP102，电子设备10可启动车厂APP102以实现无感开启车锁。这样，提高了开启汽车的车锁的便利性，从而提高无感开启车锁的体验。
当电子设备10与汽车车机蓝牙回连成功后，电子设备10可关闭蓝牙扫描功能，以减少功耗。
可以理解的，本申请实施例以蓝牙连接为例进行介绍，本申请实施例中的蓝牙连接可以是BLE连接，也可以是BR/EDR连接。但是本申请实施例中不限于蓝牙连接，还可以是其他短距离无线通信连接，例如Wi-Fi连接、ZigBee连接等等，本申请实施例对此不作限定。
下面对本申请实施例涉及蓝牙系统中的电子设备10进行介绍。请参阅图4，图4是本申请实施例提供的电子设备10的结构示意图。
应该理解的是，图4所示电子设备10仅是一个范例，并且电子设备10可以具有比图4中所示的更多的或者更少的部件，可以组合两个或多个的部件，或者可以具有不同的部件配置。图中所示出的各种部件可以在包括一个或多个信号处理和/或专用集成电路在内的硬件、软件、或硬件和软件的组合中实现。
电子设备10可以包括：处理器110，外部存储器接口120，内部存储器121，通用串行总线(universal serial bus，USB)接口130，充电管理模块140，电源管理模块141，电池142，天线1，天线2，移动通信模块150，无线通信模块160，音频模块170，扬声器170A，受话器170B，麦克风170C，耳机接口170D，传感器模块180，按键190，马达191，指示器192，摄像头193，显示屏194，以及用户标识模块(subscriber identification module，SIM)卡接口195等。其中传感器模块180可以包括压力传感器180A，陀螺仪传感器180B，气压传感器180C，磁传感器180D，加速度传感器180E，距离传感器180F，接近光传感器180G，指纹传感器180H，温度传感器180J，触摸传感器180K，环境光传感器180L，骨传导传感器180M等。
可以理解的是，本发明实施例示意的结构并不构成对电子设备10的具体限定。在本申请另一些实施例中，电子设备10可以包括比图示更多或更少的部件，或者组合某些部件，或者拆分某些部件，或者不同的部件布置。图示的部件可以以硬件，软件或软件和硬件的组合实现。
处理器110可以包括一个或多个处理单元，例如：处理器110可以包括应用处理器 (application processor，AP)，调制解调处理器，图形处理器(graphics processing unit，GPU)，图像信号处理器(image signal processor，ISP)，控制器，存储器，视频编解码器，数字信号处理器(digital signal processor，DSP)，基带处理器，和/或神经网络处理器(neural-network processing unit，NPU)等。其中，不同的处理单元可以是独立的器件，也可以集成在一个或多个处理器中。
其中，控制器可以是电子设备10的神经中枢和指挥中心。控制器可以根据指令操作码和时序信号，产生操作控制信号，完成取指令和执行指令的控制。
处理器110中还可以设置存储器，用于存储指令和数据。在一些实施例中，处理器110中的存储器为高速缓冲存储器。该存储器可以保存处理器110刚用过或循环使用的指令或数据。如果处理器110需要再次使用该指令或数据，可从所述存储器中直接调用。避免了重复存取，减少了处理器110的等待时间，因而提高了系统的效率。
在一些实施例中，处理器110可以包括一个或多个接口。接口可以包括集成电路(inter-integrated circuit，I2C)接口，集成电路内置音频(inter-integrated circuit sound，I2S)接口，脉冲编码调制(pulse code modulation，PCM)接口，通用异步收发传输器(universal asynchronous receiver/transmitter，UART)接口，移动产业处理器接口(mobile industry processor interface，MIPI)，通用输入输出(general-purpose input/output，GPIO)接口，用户标识模块(subscriber identity module，SIM)接口，和/或通用串行总线(universal serial bus，USB)接口等。
I2C接口是一种双向同步串行总线，包括一根串行数据线(serial data line，SDA)和一根串行时钟线(derail clock line，SCL)。在一些实施例中，处理器110可以包含多组I2C总线。处理器110可以通过不同的I2C总线接口分别耦合触摸传感器180K，充电器，闪光灯，摄像头193等。例如：处理器110可以通过I2C接口耦合触摸传感器180K，使处理器110与触摸传感器180K通过I2C总线接口通信，实现电子设备10的触摸功能。
I2S接口可以用于音频通信。在一些实施例中，处理器110可以包含多组I2S总线。处理器110可以通过I2S总线与音频模块170耦合，实现处理器110与音频模块170之间的通信。在一些实施例中，音频模块170可以通过I2S接口向无线通信模块160传递音频信号，实现通过蓝牙耳机接听电话的功能。
PCM接口也可以用于音频通信，将模拟信号抽样，量化和编码。在一些实施例中，音频模块170与无线通信模块160可以通过PCM总线接口耦合。在一些实施例中，音频模块170也可以通过PCM接口向无线通信模块160传递音频信号，实现通过蓝牙耳机接听电话的功能。所述I2S接口和所述PCM接口都可以用于音频通信。
UART接口是一种通用串行数据总线，用于异步通信。该总线可以为双向通信总线。它将要传输的数据在串行通信与并行通信之间转换。在一些实施例中，UART接口通常被用于连接处理器110与无线通信模块160。例如：处理器110通过UART接口与无线通信模块160中的蓝牙模块通信，实现蓝牙功能。在一些实施例中，音频模块170可以通过UART接口向无线通信模块160传递音频信号，实现通过蓝牙耳机播放音乐的功能。
MIPI接口可以被用于连接处理器110与显示屏194，摄像头193等外围器件。MIPI接口包括摄像头串行接口(camera serial interface，CSI)，显示屏串行接口(display serial interface， DSI)等。在一些实施例中，处理器110和摄像头193通过CSI接口通信，实现电子设备10的拍摄功能。处理器110和显示屏194通过DSI接口通信，实现电子设备10的显示功能。
GPIO接口可以通过软件配置。GPIO接口可以被配置为控制信号，也可被配置为数据信号。在一些实施例中，GPIO接口可以用于连接处理器110与摄像头193，显示屏194，无线通信模块160，音频模块170，传感器模块180等。GPIO接口还可以被配置为I2C接口，I2S接口，UART接口，MIPI接口等。
USB接口130是符合USB标准规范的接口，具体可以是Mini USB接口，Micro USB接口，USB Type C接口等。USB接口130可以用于连接充电器为电子设备10充电，也可以用于电子设备10与外围设备之间传输数据。也可以用于连接耳机，通过耳机播放音频。该接口还可以用于连接其他电子设备，例如AR设备等。
可以理解的是，本发明实施例示意的各模块间的接口连接关系，只是示意性说明，并不构成对电子设备10的结构限定。在本申请另一些实施例中，电子设备10也可以采用上述实施例中不同的接口连接方式，或多种接口连接方式的组合。
充电管理模块140用于从充电器接收充电输入。其中，充电器可以是无线充电器，也可以是有线充电器。在一些有线充电的实施例中，充电管理模块140可以通过USB接口130接收有线充电器的充电输入。在一些无线充电的实施例中，充电管理模块140可以通过电子设备10的无线充电线圈接收无线充电输入。充电管理模块140为电池142充电的同时，还可以通过电源管理模块141为电子设备供电。
电源管理模块141用于连接电池142，充电管理模块140与处理器110。电源管理模块141接收电池142和/或充电管理模块140的输入，为处理器110，内部存储器121，外部存储器，显示屏194，摄像头193，和无线通信模块160等供电。电源管理模块141还可以用于监测电池容量，电池循环次数，电池健康状态(漏电，阻抗)等参数。在其他一些实施例中，电源管理模块141也可以设置于处理器110中。在另一些实施例中，电源管理模块141和充电管理模块140也可以设置于同一个器件中。
电子设备10的无线通信功能可以通过天线1，天线2，移动通信模块150，无线通信模块160，调制解调处理器以及基带处理器等实现。
天线1和天线2用于发射和接收电磁波信号。电子设备10中的每个天线可用于覆盖单个或多个通信频带。不同的天线还可以复用，以提高天线的利用率。例如：可以将天线1复用为无线局域网的分集天线。在另外一些实施例中，天线可以和调谐开关结合使用。
移动通信模块150可以提供应用在电子设备10上的包括2G/3G/4G/5G等无线通信的解决方案。移动通信模块150可以包括至少一个滤波器，开关，功率放大器，低噪声放大器(low noise amplifier，LNA)等。移动通信模块150可以由天线1接收电磁波，并对接收的电磁波进行滤波，放大等处理，传送至调制解调处理器进行解调。移动通信模块150还可以对经调制解调处理器调制后的信号放大，经天线1转为电磁波辐射出去。在一些实施例中，移动通信模块150的至少部分功能模块可以被设置于处理器110中。在一些实施例中，移动通信模块150的至少部分功能模块可以与处理器110的至少部分模块被设置在同一个器件中。
调制解调处理器可以包括调制器和解调器。其中，调制器用于将待发送的低频基带信 号调制成中高频信号。解调器用于将接收的电磁波信号解调为低频基带信号。随后解调器将解调得到的低频基带信号传送至基带处理器处理。低频基带信号经基带处理器处理后，被传递给应用处理器。应用处理器通过音频设备(不限于扬声器170A，受话器170B等)输出声音信号，或通过显示屏194显示图像或视频。在一些实施例中，调制解调处理器可以是独立的器件。在另一些实施例中，调制解调处理器可以独立于处理器110，与移动通信模块150或其他功能模块设置在同一个器件中。
无线通信模块160可以提供应用在电子设备10上的包括无线局域网(wireless local area networks，WLAN)(如无线保真(wireless fidelity，Wi-Fi)网络)，蓝牙(bluetooth，BT)，全球导航卫星系统(global navigation satellite system，GNSS)，调频(frequency modulation，FM)，近距离无线通信技术(near field communication，NFC)，红外技术(infrared，IR)等无线通信的解决方案。无线通信模块160可以是集成至少一个通信处理模块的一个或多个器件。无线通信模块160经由天线2接收电磁波，将电磁波信号调频以及滤波处理，将处理后的信号发送到处理器110。无线通信模块160还可以从处理器110接收待发送的信号，对其进行调频，放大，经天线2转为电磁波辐射出去。
在一些实施例中，电子设备10的天线1和移动通信模块150耦合，天线2和无线通信模块160耦合，使得电子设备10可以通过无线通信技术与网络以及其他设备通信。所述无线通信技术可以包括全球移动通讯系统(global system for mobile communications，GSM)，通用分组无线服务(general packet radio service，GPRS)，码分多址接入(code division multiple access，CDMA)，宽带码分多址(wideband code division multiple access，WCDMA)，时分码分多址(time-division code division multiple access，TD-SCDMA)，长期演进(long term evolution，LTE)，BT，GNSS，WLAN，NFC，FM，和/或IR技术等。所述GNSS可以包括全球卫星定位系统(global positioning system，GPS)，全球导航卫星系统(global navigation satellite system，GLONASS)，北斗卫星导航系统(beidou navigation satellite system，BDS)，准天顶卫星系统(quasi-zenith satellite system，QZSS)和/或星基增强系统(satellite based augmentation systems，SBAS)。
电子设备10通过GPU，显示屏194，以及应用处理器等实现显示功能。GPU为图像处理的微处理器，连接显示屏194和应用处理器。GPU用于执行数学和几何计算，用于图形渲染。处理器110可包括一个或多个GPU，其执行程序指令以生成或改变显示信息。
显示屏194用于显示图像，视频等。显示屏194包括显示面板。显示面板可以采用液晶显示屏(liquid crystal display，LCD)，有机发光二极管(organic light-emitting diode，OLED)，有源矩阵有机发光二极体或主动矩阵有机发光二极体(active-matrix organic light emitting diode，AMOLED)，柔性发光二极管(flex light-emitting diode，FLED)，Miniled，MicroLed，Micro-oLed，量子点发光二极管(quantum dot light emitting diodes，QLED)等。在一些实施例中，电子设备10可以包括1个或N个显示屏194，N为大于1的正整数。
电子设备10可以通过ISP，摄像头193，视频编解码器，GPU，显示屏194以及应用处理器等实现拍摄功能。
ISP用于处理摄像头193反馈的数据。例如，拍照时，打开快门，光线通过镜头被传递到摄像头感光元件上，光信号转换为电信号，摄像头感光元件将所述电信号传递给ISP 处理，转化为肉眼可见的图像。ISP还可以对图像的噪点，亮度，肤色进行算法优化。ISP还可以对拍摄场景的曝光，色温等参数优化。在一些实施例中，ISP可以设置在摄像头193中。
摄像头193用于捕获静态图像或视频。物体通过镜头生成光学图像投射到感光元件。感光元件可以是电荷耦合器件(charge coupled device，CCD)或互补金属氧化物半导体(complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor，CMOS)光电晶体管。感光元件把光信号转换成电信号，之后将电信号传递给ISP转换成数字图像信号。ISP将数字图像信号输出到DSP加工处理。DSP将数字图像信号转换成标准的RGB，YUV等格式的图像信号。在一些实施例中，电子设备10可以包括1个或N个摄像头193，N为大于1的正整数。
数字信号处理器用于处理数字信号，除了可以处理数字图像信号，还可以处理其他数字信号。例如，当电子设备10在频点选择时，数字信号处理器用于对频点能量进行傅里叶变换等。
视频编解码器用于对数字视频压缩或解压缩。电子设备10可以支持一种或多种视频编解码器。这样，电子设备10可以播放或录制多种编码格式的视频，例如：动态图像专家组(moving picture experts group，MPEG)1，MPEG2，MPEG3，MPEG4等。
NPU为神经网络(neural-network，NN)计算处理器，通过借鉴生物神经网络结构，例如借鉴人脑神经元之间传递模式，对输入信息快速处理，还可以不断的自学习。通过NPU可以实现电子设备10的智能认知等应用，例如：图像识别，人脸识别，语音识别，文本理解等。
外部存储器接口120可以用于连接外部存储卡，例如Micro SD卡，实现扩展电子设备10的存储能力。外部存储卡通过外部存储器接口120与处理器110通信，实现数据存储功能。例如将音乐，视频等文件保存在外部存储卡中。
内部存储器121可以用于存储计算机可执行程序代码，所述可执行程序代码包括指令。处理器110通过运行存储在内部存储器121的指令，从而执行电子设备10的各种功能应用以及数据处理。内部存储器121可以包括存储程序区和存储数据区。其中，存储程序区可存储操作系统，至少一个功能所需的应用程序(比如声音播放功能，图像播放功能等)等。存储数据区可存储电子设备10使用过程中所创建的数据(比如音频数据，电话本等)等。此外，内部存储器121可以包括高速随机存取存储器，还可以包括非易失性存储器，例如至少一个磁盘存储器件，闪存器件，通用闪存存储器(universal flash storage，UFS)等。
电子设备10可以通过音频模块170，扬声器170A，受话器170B，麦克风170C，耳机接口170D，以及应用处理器等实现音频功能。例如音乐播放，录音等。
音频模块170用于将数字音频信息转换成模拟音频信号输出，也用于将模拟音频输入转换为数字音频信号。音频模块170还可以用于对音频信号编码和解码。在一些实施例中，音频模块170可以设置于处理器110中，或将音频模块170的部分功能模块设置于处理器110中。
扬声器170A，也称“喇叭”，用于将音频电信号转换为声音信号。电子设备10可以通过扬声器170A收听音乐，或收听免提通话。
受话器170B，也称“听筒”，用于将音频电信号转换成声音信号。当电子设备10接听 电话或语音信息时，可以通过将受话器170B靠近人耳接听语音。
麦克风170C，也称“话筒”，“传声器”，用于将声音信号转换为电信号。当拨打电话或发送语音信息时，用户可以通过人嘴靠近麦克风170C发声，将声音信号输入到麦克风170C。电子设备10可以设置至少一个麦克风170C。在另一些实施例中，电子设备10可以设置两个麦克风170C，除了采集声音信号，还可以实现降噪功能。在另一些实施例中，电子设备10还可以设置三个，四个或更多麦克风170C，实现采集声音信号，降噪，还可以识别声音来源，实现定向录音功能等。
耳机接口170D用于连接有线耳机。耳机接口170D可以是USB接口130，也可以是3.5mm的开放移动电子设备平台(open mobile terminal platform，OMTP)标准接口，美国蜂窝电信工业协会(cellular telecommunications industry association of the USA，CTIA)标准接口。
压力传感器180A用于感受压力信号，可以将压力信号转换成电信号。在一些实施例中，压力传感器180A可以设置于显示屏194。压力传感器180A的种类很多，如电阻式压力传感器，电感式压力传感器，电容式压力传感器等。电容式压力传感器可以是包括至少两个具有导电材料的平行板。当有力作用于压力传感器180A，电极之间的电容改变。电子设备10根据电容的变化确定压力的强度。当有触摸操作作用于显示屏194，电子设备10根据压力传感器180A检测所述触摸操作强度。电子设备10也可以根据压力传感器180A的检测信号计算触摸的位置。在一些实施例中，作用于相同触摸位置，但不同触摸操作强度的触摸操作，可以对应不同的操作指令。例如：当有触摸操作强度小于第一压力阈值的触摸操作作用于短消息应用图标时，执行查看短消息的指令。当有触摸操作强度大于或等于第一压力阈值的触摸操作作用于短消息应用图标时，执行新建短消息的指令。
陀螺仪传感器180B可以用于确定电子设备10的运动姿态。在一些实施例中，可以通过陀螺仪传感器180B确定电子设备10围绕三个轴(即，x，y和z轴)的角速度。陀螺仪传感器180B可以用于拍摄防抖。示例性的，当按下快门，陀螺仪传感器180B检测电子设备10抖动的角度，根据角度计算出镜头模组需要补偿的距离，让镜头通过反向运动抵消电子设备10的抖动，实现防抖。陀螺仪传感器180B还可以用于导航，体感游戏场景。
气压传感器180C用于测量气压。在一些实施例中，电子设备10通过气压传感器180C测得的气压值计算海拔高度，辅助定位和导航。
磁传感器180D包括霍尔传感器。电子设备10可以利用磁传感器180D检测翻盖皮套的开合。在一些实施例中，当电子设备10是翻盖机时，电子设备10可以根据磁传感器180D检测翻盖的开合。进而根据检测到的皮套的开合状态或翻盖的开合状态，设置翻盖自动解锁等特性。
加速度传感器180E可检测电子设备10在各个方向上(一般为三轴)加速度的大小。当电子设备10静止时可检测出重力的大小及方向。还可以用于识别电子设备姿态，应用于横竖屏切换，计步器等应用。
距离传感器180F，用于测量距离。电子设备10可以通过红外或激光测量距离。在一些实施例中，拍摄场景，电子设备10可以利用距离传感器180F测距以实现快速对焦。
接近光传感器180G可以包括例如发光二极管(LED)和光检测器，例如光电二极管。发光二极管可以是红外发光二极管。电子设备10通过发光二极管向外发射红外光。电子设备 10使用光电二极管检测来自附近物体的红外反射光。当检测到充分的反射光时，可以确定电子设备10附近有物体。当检测到不充分的反射光时，电子设备10可以确定电子设备10附近没有物体。电子设备10可以利用接近光传感器180G检测用户手持电子设备10贴近耳朵通话，以便自动熄灭屏幕达到省电的目的。接近光传感器180G也可用于皮套模式，口袋模式自动解锁与锁屏。
环境光传感器180L用于感知环境光亮度。电子设备10可以根据感知的环境光亮度自适应调节显示屏194亮度。环境光传感器180L也可用于拍照时自动调节白平衡。环境光传感器180L还可以与接近光传感器180G配合，检测电子设备10是否在口袋里，以防误触。
指纹传感器180H用于采集指纹。电子设备10可以利用采集的指纹特性实现指纹解锁，访问应用锁，指纹拍照，指纹接听来电等。
温度传感器180J用于检测温度。在一些实施例中，电子设备10利用温度传感器180J检测的温度，执行温度处理策略。例如，当温度传感器180J上报的温度超过阈值，电子设备10执行降低位于温度传感器180J附近的处理器的性能，以便降低功耗实施热保护。在另一些实施例中，当温度低于另一阈值时，电子设备10对电池142加热，以避免低温导致电子设备10异常关机。在其他一些实施例中，当温度低于又一阈值时，电子设备10对电池142的输出电压执行升压，以避免低温导致的异常关机。
触摸传感器180K，也称“触控面板”。触摸传感器180K可以设置于显示屏194，由触摸传感器180K与显示屏194组成触摸屏，也称“触控屏”。触摸传感器180K用于检测作用于其上或附近的触摸操作。触摸传感器可以将检测到的触摸操作传递给应用处理器，以确定触摸事件类型。可以通过显示屏194提供与触摸操作相关的视觉输出。在另一些实施例中，触摸传感器180K也可以设置于电子设备10的表面，与显示屏194所处的位置不同。
骨传导传感器180M可以获取振动信号。在一些实施例中，骨传导传感器180M可以获取人体声部振动骨块的振动信号。骨传导传感器180M也可以接触人体脉搏，接收血压跳动信号。在一些实施例中，骨传导传感器180M也可以设置于耳机中，结合成骨传导耳机。音频模块170可以基于所述骨传导传感器180M获取的声部振动骨块的振动信号，解析出语音信号，实现语音功能。应用处理器可以基于所述骨传导传感器180M获取的血压跳动信号解析心率信息，实现心率检测功能。
按键190包括开机键，音量键等。按键190可以是机械按键。也可以是触摸式按键。电子设备10可以接收按键输入，产生与电子设备10的用户设置以及功能控制有关的键信号输入。
马达191可以产生振动提示。马达191可以用于来电振动提示，也可以用于触摸振动反馈。例如，作用于不同应用(例如拍照，音频播放等)的触摸操作，可以对应不同的振动反馈效果。作用于显示屏194不同区域的触摸操作，马达191也可对应不同的振动反馈效果。不同的应用场景(例如：时间提醒，接收信息，闹钟，游戏等)也可以对应不同的振动反馈效果。触摸振动反馈效果还可以支持自定义。
指示器192可以是指示灯，可以用于指示充电状态，电量变化，也可以用于指示消息，未接来电，通知等。
SIM卡接口195用于连接SIM卡。SIM卡可以通过插入SIM卡接口195，或从SIM卡 接口195拔出，实现和电子设备10的接触和分离。电子设备10可以支持1个或N个SIM卡接口，N为大于1的正整数。SIM卡接口195可以支持Nano SIM卡，Micro SIM卡，SIM卡等。同一个SIM卡接口195可以同时插入多张卡。所述多张卡的类型可以相同，也可以不同。SIM卡接口195也可以兼容不同类型的SIM卡。SIM卡接口195也可以兼容外部存储卡。电子设备10通过SIM卡和网络交互，实现通话以及数据通信等功能。在一些实施例中，电子设备10采用eSIM，即：嵌入式SIM卡。eSIM卡可以嵌在电子设备10中，不能和电子设备10分离。
图5是本申请实施例的电子设备10的软件结构框图。
分层架构将软件分成若干个层，每一层都有清晰的角色和分工。层与层之间通过软件接口通信。在一些实施例中，分层架构分为四层，从上至下分别为应用程序层，应用程序框架层，协议栈，以及硬件层。
应用程序层可以包括一系列应用程序包。
如图5所示，应用程序包例如包含车钥匙对应的车厂APP以及钱包应用。钱包应用可与车厂应用中的软件开发工具包(software development kit，SDK)通信。钱包应用可通过对应的服务器对车厂APP的合法性进行校验。钱包应用还可将校验结果通知给蓝牙代理模块(BLE agent)。蓝牙代理模块可根据该校验结果确定是否扫描包含指定的MAC地址的广播。蓝牙代理模块还可根据该校验结果将被系统清理的车厂APP启动，具体可参考本申请实施例中图7～图9、图16、图19～图21、图23所示出示例的描述。
应用程序包不限于包含在自动开启车锁场景下的车厂APP。在其他场景下，应用程序包还可包含其他应用。例如在无感支付场景，应用程序包还包含支付应用(例如微信应用、支付宝应用)，该支付应用可通过包含的SDK与钱包应用连接。在配件(例如蓝牙电子秤)自动上传体重数据到电子设备10场景下，应用程序包还包含体重秤对应的APP。该APP可通过包含的SDK与钱包应用连接。在可穿戴设备(例如手环、手表)上传数据到电子设备的场景，应用程序包还包含手环对应的应用、手表对应的应用。本申请实施例对具体的场景和所涉及的电子设备10安装的应用不作限定。
本申请实施例中，第一应用可包含与外部蓝牙设备(汽车车机、可穿戴设备、配件等)相关的应用，例如车厂APP、体重秤对应的APP、手环对应的应用、手表对应的应用等等。第二应用可包含钱包应用。
在另一种可能的实现方式中，车厂应用、支付应用和体重秤对应的APP可直接与应用程序框架层的蓝牙代理模块连接。
本申请对应用程序包不作限制，还可以包括相机，图库，日历，通话，地图，导航，WLAN，蓝牙，音乐，视频，短信息等应用程序。
应用程序框架层为应用程序层的应用程序提供应用编程接口(application programming interface，API)和编程框架。应用程序框架层包括一些预先定义的函数。
如图5所示，应用程序框架层可以包含本申请实施例提供的蓝牙代理模块。蓝牙代理模块可以是应用程序框架层的应用/接口。蓝牙代理模块，用于指示蓝牙芯片扫描包含指定的MAC地址的蓝牙广播信号。蓝牙代理模块还用于在蓝牙芯片扫描到该包含指定的MAC 地址的广播时启动指定应用(例如车厂APP)，以建立该指定应用于外部蓝牙设备(例如汽车车机20)之间的蓝牙通信连接。具体的，蓝牙代理模块的功能可参考本申请实施例中图7～图9、图16、图19～图21、图23所示出示例的描述。
应用程序框架层还可以包括窗口管理器，内容提供器，视图系统，电话管理器，资源管理器，通知管理器等，本申请实施例对此不作限定。其中，窗口管理器用于管理窗口程序。窗口管理器可以获取显示屏大小，判断是否有状态栏等。内容提供器用来存放和获取数据，并使这些数据可以被应用程序访问。视图系统包括可视控件，例如显示文字的控件，显示图片的控件等。视图系统可用于构建应用程序。电话管理器用于提供电子设备10的通信功能。例如通话状态的管理(包括接通，挂断等)。资源管理器为应用程序提供各种资源，比如本地化字符串，图标，图片等等。通知管理器使应用程序可以在状态栏中显示通知信息，可以用于传达告知类型的消息。比如通知管理器被用于告知下载完成，消息提醒等。
协议栈可包含多种协议。如图5所示，协议栈包含蓝牙协议栈(BT Stack)，蓝牙协议栈定义了蓝牙框架中的多个应用(profile)和核心协议(protocol)，每个profile定义了各自相应的消息格式与应用规则，profile是蓝牙服务(Application)。为了实现不同平台下的不同设备的互联互通，蓝牙协议为各种可能的、有通用意义的应用场景，都制定了规范，如A2DP(advanced audio distribution profile)、HFP(hands-free profile)等等。核心协议包括但不限于蓝牙基本的服务协议SDP(service discover protocol)、逻辑链路控制和适配协议L2CAP(logical link control and adaptation protocol)等。核心协议是蓝牙协议栈中必不可少的。
本申请实施例的蓝牙协议可支持经典蓝牙(Basic Rate/Enhanced Data Rate，BR/EDR)和/或低功耗蓝牙(bluetooth low energy，BLE)。蓝牙协议还可以包含不同版本的蓝牙协议，例如蓝牙版本1.0、1.2、2.0+EDR、3.0+HS、4.0、4.1、4.2和5.0。
不限于蓝牙协议，协议栈中还可以包含其他类型的协议。
如图5所示，硬件层可包含蓝牙芯片。蓝牙代理模块可通过蓝牙协议栈与蓝牙芯片通信。蓝牙芯片可根据蓝牙代理模块的指示，执行扫描蓝牙广播信号。蓝牙芯片还可与第三方设备(例如汽车车机)的蓝牙芯片建立蓝牙连接，并与车厂APP连接，以建立车厂APP经由蓝牙芯片与外部蓝牙设备的蓝牙通信连接。
在本申请的一些实施例中，应用程序层中钱包应用的功能还可由蓝牙代理模块实现，本申请提供的实施例中可不再包含该钱包应用。具体的，蓝牙代理模块可与车厂APP中的SDK、支付应用的SDK和体重秤对应的APP的SDK通信。蓝牙代理模块可通过对应的服务器对车厂APP的合法性进行校验。蓝牙代理模块可根据该校验结果确定是否扫描包含指定的MAC地址的广播。蓝牙代理模块还可根据该校验结果将被系统清理的车厂APP启动。
下面介绍本申请实施例提供的蓝牙系统的架构。该系统架构可用于蓝牙无感开启车锁的场景。请参阅图6，图6是本申请实施例提供的一种蓝牙系统的架构示意图。如图6所示，该蓝牙系统包含电子设备10、汽车车机20和车厂服务器30。
如图6所示，电子设备10包含蓝牙芯片101、车厂APP102、SE 104、蓝牙代理模块105、钱包APP 106。如图6所示，蓝牙芯片101分别与车厂APP102、蓝牙代理模块105 建立有连接。其中，蓝牙芯片101与车厂APP102可经由电子设备10的处理器连接。车厂APP102可包含与钱包应用106对应的SDK，车厂APP102通过该SDK与钱包APP106通信，具体可参考图5所描述实施例中车厂APP的描述。
钱包APP106可分别与车厂APP102、蓝牙代理模块105、SE 104连接。钱包APP106可用于与钱包服务器通信以验证车厂APP102的注册信息是否合法。在注册过程，如果车厂APP102的注册信息合法，钱包APP106可将车厂APP102的注册信息发送到蓝牙代理模块105保存。在无感开启汽车车锁过程，如果车厂APP102的注册信息合法，钱包APP106可启动车厂APP102。
其中，电子设备10中的车厂APP102可与车厂服务器30建立通信连接。车厂服务器30可通过该通信连接向车厂APP102下发证书、签名信息等。证书和签名信息可用于车厂APP102在注册时向钱包APP106或者蓝牙代理模块105证明车厂APP的合法性，证书、签名信息可携带在图7所描述示例步骤S202中的注册信息。证明车厂APP的合法性的过程可参考图7所描述示例中步骤S203的描述。电子设备10中的钱包APP106也可与车厂服务器30建立通信连接，车厂服务器30可通过该通信连接在车厂APP102注册时向钱包APP106发送用于解锁的密文。钱包APP106可将该密文存储在SE104中。其中，该密文和车厂服务器30向汽车车机发送的密文，可以一一对应(例如两密文相同)，在通过通信连接校验密文时，汽车车机可比对两个密文是否相同。
车厂服务器30与汽车车机20可通过以下中的一个或多个与MCU203连接：远程信息处理器(telematics box，TBOX)、车身控制器(body control module，BCM)、中央控制模块(central control module，CCM)。
如图6所示，汽车车机20可包含主蓝牙芯片201、车机SE202、微控制单元(microcontroller unit，MCU)203和测距蓝牙芯片204。其中，MCU203可分别与主蓝牙芯片201、车机SE202、测距蓝牙芯片204建立有通信连接。
测距蓝牙芯片204的数量可以是多个，可分别对应汽车上不同位置安装的多根蓝牙天线。例如，汽车上不同位置共安装有6根蓝牙天线，6根蓝牙天线可均接收电子设备发送蓝牙信号。则这6根蓝牙天线中每根可分别对应一个测距蓝牙芯片，用于测量接收到的蓝牙信号的接收的信号强度指示(received signal strength indication，RSSI)。电子设备中的MCU 203可根据这多个蓝牙芯片测得的RSSI确定用户携带的电子设备与汽车车机的距离，以及电子设备与汽车之间的方位关系。
其中，汽车车机20中的MCU203可与车厂服务器30建立通信连接。车厂服务器30可通过该通信连接在车厂APP102注册时向MCU203发送用于解锁的密文。MCU203可将该密文存储在车机SE202中。
在使用图6所示出系统架构进行无感开启汽车车锁之前，用户需要在电子设备10上安装车厂APP102，电子设备10完成注册过程。下面分别对以下过程进行介绍：(a)注册过程；(b)无感开启汽车车锁过程；(c)蓝牙开关重启或者电子设备10重启过程。
(a)注册过程
下面结合图6所示系统架构和图7所示流程介绍注册过程。请参阅图7，图7是本申 请实施例提供的车厂APP102注册过程的流程示意图。该车厂APP102注册过程包含步骤S201～S204。
S201、电子设备10安装车厂APP102。在车厂APP102的用户界面上响应于用户操作，电子设备10的蓝牙芯片101与汽车车机20的主蓝牙芯片201建立蓝牙连接。
电子设备10和汽车车机20之间的距离在设定阈值范围内。在该设定阈值范围内，电子设备10和汽车车机20可建立蓝牙连接。该蓝牙连接可以是BLE连接，也可以是BR/EDR连接。具体的，汽车车机20中的主蓝牙芯片201可发送蓝牙广播信号，该蓝牙广播信号可携带汽车车机20的MAC地址、蓝牙名称等。车厂APP102的用户界面上可响应于用户操作，开始搜索蓝牙广播信号，并将搜索到的蓝牙广播信号携带的蓝牙名称显示出来。例如车厂APP102的用户界面上显示出来的蓝牙名称可包含第一蓝牙名称，该第一蓝牙名称为汽车车机20的蓝牙名称。
关于连接过程，在一种可能的实现方式中，该蓝牙连接为BR/EDR连接。响应于作用在第一蓝牙名称的用户操作，电子设备10可对汽车车机20进行配对，并建立与汽车车机20的蓝牙连接。以下分别介绍两种蓝牙连接过程。
(1)BR/EDR连接过程
其中，建立BR/EDR连接过程可包含配对过程和连接过程，以下分别进行介绍。
(a)配对过程
在配对过程中，首先发起配对的设备称为主设备(Master)，被动进行配对的设备称为从设备(Slave)。例如在本申请实施例中，电子设备10主动发起与汽车车机20的配对，电子设备10可以称为主设备，汽车车机20可以称为从设备。蓝牙配对过程中，主设备可首先处于扫描(inquiry)状态，主动发现外部设备。从设备处于inquiry scan状态，会回应主设备的扫描。蓝牙配对过程可以如下：
步骤一、主设备和从设备分别生成初始密钥(kinit)。
主、从设备使用相同的E22算法产生初始密钥，则双方设备各自算出来的初始密钥也应该相同。
步骤二、主设备和从设备分别生成链路密钥(Kab)。
步骤三、主从设备双向认证。
双向认证挑战-应答(challenge-response)方式。主设备可以为应答方，从设备可以为请求方。应答方可以产生一个128位的随机数AU_RANDA，并以明文方式发生给请求方。应答方和请求方都用E1算法将各自得到的AU_RANDA、Kab和BD_RANDB加密运算分别生成32位的SRESA和SRESB。其中，SRESA为作为应答方的主设备生成的，SRESB为作为请求方的从设备生成的。请求方将SRESB发送给应答方，应答方比较SRESA和SRESB，如果相等，此次认证通过，否则认证不通过。执行完此次认证后主设备和从设备角色对换，主设备作为请求方，从设备应答方，采用同样的方式进行认证。
在电子设备10与汽车车机20认证完后，电子设备10和汽车车机20即可以利用链路密钥Kab加密各自传输的数据。在蓝牙配对完成之后，汽车车机20和电子设备10下一次再建立连接时无需重新配对。本申请实施例中，汽车车机20在与电子设备10配对完成之后，可停止发送蓝牙广播信号。例如，汽车车机20在与电子设备10配对完成之后，电子 设备10重新开机后，不再发送蓝牙广播信号，可进行page。汽车车机20在与电子设备10配对完成之后，汽车车机20重新开机后，不再发送蓝牙广播信号，可进行page scan。
(b)连接过程
连接过程可包含以下步骤：
步骤一、电子设备10处于page状态，发送page数据包。
该page数据包中可包含汽车车机20的设备访问码(device access code，DAC)。
步骤二、汽车车机20处于page scan状态时，监听到自己的DAC。
步骤三、汽车车机20可发送对电子设备10的回复，并从page scan状态切换为从单元响应(slave response)状态。
步骤四、在接收到汽车车机20发送的回复之后，电子设备10可根据该回复向汽车车机20发送跳频序列(frequency hopping sequence，FHS)，并从page状态切换为主单元响应(master response)状态。
步骤五、汽车车机20在接收到FHS之后，发送第二个回复给电子设备10，并从slave response状态切换为连接(connection)状态。
步骤六、电子设备10在接收到汽车车机20发送的回复之后，电子设备10从master response状态切换为连接状态。
此时，电子设备10汽车车机20均处于连接状态。
(2)BLE连接过程
在开始连接时，两设备分别处于广播状态(advertising)和扫描状态(scanning)。处于广播状态的设备可称为广播方(advertiser)，例如本申请实施例中的汽车车机20。处于扫描状态的设备可称为扫描方(observer)，例如本申请实施例中的电子设备10。建立BLE连接的过程可以包括如下步骤：
S1、汽车车机20不断发送BLE广播信号，t为广播间隔。
每发送一次广播包，我们称为一次广播事件(advertising event)。每一个广播事件可包含三个广播包，即分别在37/38/39三个信道上同时广播相同的广播包。广播事件是有一个持续时间的，该持续时间为广播发射窗口。
S2、电子设备10开启扫描窗口。
电子设备10扫描BLE广播信号的持续时间可以被称为扫描窗口(scan windows)。
S3、电子设备10的扫描窗口与汽车车机20的广播发射窗口匹配成功。
电子设备10的扫描窗口与汽车车机20的广播发射窗口匹配成功，则电子设备10才能接收到汽车车机20发送的BLE广播信号。当电子设备10接收到汽车车机20发送的BLE广播信号后，电子设备10可从广播状态(advertising)进入发起(Initiating)状态，电子设备10执行步骤S4。
S4、电子设备10向汽车车机20发送连接请求。
其中，连接请求为CONN_REQ(又称为CONNECT_IND，即A2数据包)。CONN_REQ可包含窗口偏移量(transmit window offset)、窗口大小(transmit window size)等。
CONN_REQ用于通知汽车车机20，电子设备10将在传输窗口(transmit window)发送第一个同步包(P1数据包)给汽车车机20。使得汽车车机20在该传输窗口对应的时间 内打开射频接收窗口。汽车车机20收到P1数据包后，将向电子设备10回复P2数据包(ACK包)。一旦手机收到P2数据包，电子设备10与汽车车机20之间的BLE连接即可建立成功。电子设备10与汽车车机20均进入连接状态(connecting)。
本申请实施例中，电子设备10建立与汽车车机20的蓝牙连接之前，电子设备10上的蓝牙开关打开，使得电子设备10的蓝牙芯片可扫描蓝牙广播信号。
S202、车厂APP102向钱包APP106发送注册信息。
本申请实施例中，当蓝牙芯片101与主蓝牙芯片201建立蓝牙连接时，车厂APP102可向钱包APP106发送注册信息。其中，注册信息可包含汽车车机20的MAC地址(第一MAC地址)、APP102的包名、汽车的品牌等等。其中，该注册信息还可包含证书和/或签名信息，该证书和/或签名信息由车厂服务器30下发给车厂APP，例如可以是在电子设备10安装车厂APP102时下发给车厂APP102的。
其中，第一MAC地址可以由车厂APP102从蓝牙芯片101获得。
S203、钱包APP106验证注册信息是否合法。若是，执行步骤S204。
钱包APP106可与钱包服务器通信，以校验该证书和/或签名信息是否合法。具体的，钱包服务器上可存储用于验证该证书和/或签名信息的验证信息。钱包服务器对于认可的厂商的服务器(例如钱包服务器认可车厂服务器30)下发的证书认为是合法的，则钱包服务器上预先存储用于验证车厂服务器30的证书和/或签名信息的验证信息。通过该验证信息，钱包服务器可校验该证书和/或签名信息是合法的。
示例性的，该车厂APP102的注册信息包含第一证书，第一证书是经证书授权中心(certificate authority，CA)数字签名的数字证书。该证书授权中心是钱包APP106对应的钱包服务器认可的。第一证书可包含车厂服务器30的公开密钥、车厂服务器30的名称以及证书授权中心的数字签名。
第一证书是含有车厂服务器30的身份信息并经过证书授权中心审核签发的电子数据。因此，该第一证书可以通过证书授权中心的数字签名向钱包服务器证明车厂服务器30经过证书授权中心认证。
钱包服务器认可证书授权中心，则钱包服务器上保存有证书授权中心的公开密钥，通过该证书授权中心的公开密钥来验证第一证书中证书授权中心的数字签名，验证通过后得到车厂服务器30的公开密钥、车厂服务器30的名称等信息。钱包服务器可存储认可的厂商的名称列表。如果钱包服务器认可车厂服务器30，钱包服务器可存储车厂服务器30的名称。钱包服务器验证证书授权中心的数字签名通过后，检测第一证书包含的车厂服务器30的名称是否包含在本地存储的认可的厂商名称列表中。如果是，则表明注册信息合法，钱包服务器可将验证结果通知给钱包APP106，进而执行步骤S204。
当钱包APP106验证注册信息不合法时，钱包APP106可通知车厂APP102。车厂APP102可显示提示注册失败。
S204、钱包APP106将注册信息发送给蓝牙代理模块105。
蓝牙代理模块105可存储权限校验通过的注册信息，例如包含前述车厂APP102的注册信息。该车厂APP102的注册信息可包含汽车车机20的MAC地址(第一MAC地址)、APP102的包名、汽车的品牌。示例性的，钱包APP106校验APP2的注册信息和APP3的 注册信息是合法的，则蓝牙代理模块105可接收并存储APP2的注册信息和APP3的注册信息。
通过步骤S201～S204，车厂APP102在钱包APP106完成注册。
本申请实施例中，车厂服务器30还可将用于解锁的密文发送给电子设备10的钱包APP106和汽车车机的MCU203。钱包APP106将用于解锁的密文存储在SE104，汽车车机的MCU203将用于解锁的密文存储在车机SE202。该用于解锁的密文可以是用户在车厂APP102设置的，也可以是根据用户在车厂APP102设置的密码生成的。
在本申请实施例中，经过步骤S101～S104实现车厂APP102注册完成，且用于解锁的密文已下发到电子设备10和汽车车机20后，电子设备10可在负一屏、车厂APP102的用户界面和钱包APP106的用户界面上显示用于解锁的控件。响应于作用在该用于解锁的控件的用户操作，电子设备10可通过与汽车车机20之间的蓝牙连接进行密文校验，进而实现汽车车门解锁。示例性的，该用于解锁的控件例如是图9所示出的负一屏界面10上的控件1011。
其中，负一屏界面是指在系统的多个桌面屏幕左侧的，用于展示信息的屏幕；其中，桌面屏幕用于放置应用程序或小组件图。
(b)无感开启汽车车锁过程
本申请实施例中，当蓝牙芯片101与主蓝牙芯片201之间的通信连接断开，蓝牙代理模块105可通知蓝牙芯片101开启蓝牙扫描功能，直到扫描到包含汽车车机的MAC地址的蓝牙广播信号。蓝牙代理模块105根据扫描到的蓝牙广播信号，打开车厂APP102。车厂APP102回连汽车车机，以重新建立起蓝牙芯片101与主蓝牙芯片201之间的通信连接。该通信连接可用于校验密文并开启汽车车锁。
下面结合图6所示系统架构和图8所示流程介绍上述无感开启汽车车锁过程。请参阅图8，图8是本申请实施例提供的无感开启汽车车锁过程的流程示意图。该无感开启汽车车锁过程包含步骤S301～S320。
S301、蓝牙芯片101与主蓝牙芯片201之间建立蓝牙连接。
此时车厂APP102处于启动状态。车厂APP102启动状态，可包含前台运行状态，和后台运行状态。
S302、车厂APP102重新向钱包APP106发送注册信息。
该注册信息的描述可参考图6所描述实施例中步骤S204的描述。
S303、钱包APP106验证注册信息是否合法。若是，保存车厂APP102的注册信息。
本申请实施例中，由于APP106的注册信息的合法性验证可以有有效期，车厂APP102重新通过蓝牙芯片101与主蓝牙芯片201之间建立蓝牙连接时，钱包APP106可重新验证该APP106的注册信息。步骤S302～S303可参考S202～S203。当钱包APP106对应的钱包服务器对车厂服务器30不再认可时，钱包服务器本地存储的认可的厂商名称列表中不再包含车厂服务器30的名称。这样，当重新建立蓝牙连接时实时验证注册信息的合法性，可提高安全性。
钱包APP106可保存该车厂APP102的注册信息，并将车厂APP102的注册信息发送给 蓝牙代理模块105。
本申请实施例中，步骤S302～S303中验证注册信息合法性的过程为可选步骤。在另一种可能的实现方式中，步骤S301之后，可执行步骤S304。电子设备10可根据注册过程存储的车厂APP102的注册信息验证车厂APP102的合法性。
S304、车厂APP102被系统清理，蓝牙芯片101与主蓝牙芯片201之间的蓝牙连接断开。
本申请实施例中，蓝牙芯片101与主蓝牙芯片201之间的蓝牙连接的生命周期，可在车厂APP102被系统清理时结束。当车厂APP102被系统清理时，蓝牙芯片101可断开主蓝牙芯片201之间的蓝牙连接。
本申请实施例中，不限于车厂APP102被系统清理导致蓝牙芯片101与主蓝牙芯片201之间的蓝牙连接断开，还可以是其他原因导致该蓝牙连接断开。本申请实施例中，只要是蓝牙连接被动断开，均可执行步骤S305。其中，“被动断开”是指由于蓝牙连接的距离拉远或者其他原因导致信号质量较差导致蓝牙连接断开。在蓝牙芯片101与主蓝牙芯片201之间的蓝牙连接被动断开的情况下，将接收到“connection timeout”错误码。例如电子设备10与汽车车机20拉距(即距离过远)导致两设备无法通信，即该蓝牙连接断开。再例如当障碍物遮挡或者其他原因导致两设备无法通信，即蓝牙连接断开。蓝牙接收信号强度RRSI低于阈值，则两设备无法通信，即该蓝牙连接断开。当蓝牙代理模块105识别到蓝牙连接被动断开时，蓝牙代理模块105均执行步骤S305。
电子设备10响应于用户的操作，关闭车厂APP102，从而蓝牙芯片101与主蓝牙芯片201之间的蓝牙连接断开，该情况下蓝牙连接也属于被动断开。例如，当用户在最近打开的应用界面，点击清理控件，电子设备10可清除后台运行的车厂APP102，从而蓝牙芯片101与主蓝牙芯片201之间的蓝牙连接断开，该情况下蓝牙连接也属于被动断开。当蓝牙代理模块105识别到蓝牙连接被动断开时，蓝牙代理模块105执行步骤S305。
在本申请的另一些实施例中，当电子设备10与汽车车机20拉距导致蓝牙连接断开时，电子设备10上车厂APP102可仍然处于开启状态。电子设备10中的蓝牙代理模块105可获取当前车厂APP102是否处于开启状态。如果当前车厂APP102处于开启状态，蓝牙芯片101向主蓝牙芯片201发起连接请求，即在BLE连接场景此时蓝牙芯片101处于initiating状态。当车厂APP102处于关闭状态时(例如车厂APP102后台运行超过设定时间，被系统清理掉)，蓝牙代理模块105可通知蓝牙芯片101进行蓝牙扫描，即此时蓝牙代理模块105处于scanning状态。
在本申请的另一些实施例中，当与汽车车机20蓝牙连接断开，且车厂APP102仍然处于开启状态时，蓝牙芯片101可在不同的通道分别发起连接请求和进行蓝牙扫描。具体的，蓝牙芯片101可支持多通道连接。当与汽车车机20蓝牙连接断开，且车厂APP102仍然处于开启状态时，蓝牙芯片101的一个通道(例如通道1)可处于initiating状态以回连主蓝牙芯片201，另一个通道(例如通道2)可处于scanning状态以进行蓝牙扫描。蓝牙芯片101可通过以上任一个通道来实现重新建立起与主蓝牙芯片201之间的蓝牙连接。可选的，当通过通道1建立起与主蓝牙芯片201之间的蓝牙连接时，蓝牙芯片101可停止通道2上的连接进程。当通过通道2建立起与主蓝牙芯片201之间的蓝牙连接时，蓝牙芯片101可 停止通道1上的连接进程。这样，通过两个通道回连汽车车机的主蓝牙芯片，可提高回连效率。
S305、蓝牙代理模块105识别到蓝牙连接断开，向蓝牙芯片101发送第一通知，第一通知用于指示蓝牙芯片101开始进行蓝牙扫描。
其中，该第一通知携带第一MAC地址。蓝牙芯片101开始进行蓝牙扫描后，检测接收到的蓝牙广播信号是否携带该第一MAC地址。
可以理解的，本申请实施例以汽车车机20的MAC地址为例进行介绍，但是不限于MAC地址，车载蓝牙芯片201广播的蓝牙广播信号还可携带其他指示该汽车的参数，例如VIN、通用唯一识别码(universally unique identifier，UUID)等，则在注册过程中车厂APP102的注册信息中携带汽车的VIN或UUID。本申请实施例对指示汽车的参数不作限定。
S306、蓝牙芯片101开启蓝牙扫描功能，开始扫描蓝牙广播信号。
S307、主蓝牙芯片201发送蓝牙广播信号，蓝牙广播信号携带汽车车机20的MAC地址。
在本申请的一种可能的实现方式中，主蓝牙芯片201可在已建立蓝牙连接时停止广播蓝牙广播信号。当蓝牙连接断开时，开始广播蓝牙广播信号。在另一种可能的实现方式中，无论已蓝牙连接状态还是断开连接状态，主蓝牙芯片201可持续广播蓝牙广播信号。
其中，主蓝牙芯片201发送的蓝牙广播信号即为本申请实施例的第一广播信号。第一广播信号携带第二电子设备(例如汽车车机)的设备信息。汽车车机的设备信息包含汽车车机的MAC地址、VIN、UUID等。
电子设备10可移动到能够扫描到主蓝牙芯片201发送的蓝牙广播信号的区域内，则执行步骤S308。
S308、蓝牙芯片101根据存储的第一MAC地址，扫描到主蓝牙芯片201发送蓝牙广播信号。
蓝牙芯片101可获得扫描到的蓝牙广播信号携带的MAC地址，并与本地存储的第一MAC地址比对。当蓝牙广播信号携带的MAC地址与存储的第一MAC地址相同时，执行步骤S309。
S309、蓝牙芯片101向蓝牙代理模块105发送第二通知，第二通知用于通知扫描到的蓝牙广播信号携带第一MAC地址。
其中，在步骤S310之前，蓝牙代理模块105可处于休眠状态，当蓝牙芯片101确定接收到的蓝牙广播信号携带的MAC地址与存储的第一MAC地址相同时，唤醒蓝牙代理模块105并执行步骤S310。
S310、蓝牙代理模块105根据第一MAC地址，向钱包APP106发送第三通知，第三通知用于指示钱包APP106验证车厂APP102的注册信息是否合法。若是，执行步骤S312。
本申请实施例中，步骤S311可选的可跳过，即蓝牙代理模块105接收到第二通知时即通知钱包APP106执行步骤S312。本申请实施例中，不限于钱包APP106启动车厂APP102，还可以是蓝牙代理模块105启动该车厂APP102。本申请实施例中，当钱包APP106处于关闭状态时，蓝牙代理模块105可启动钱包APP106。
本申请实施例中，当验证车厂APP102的不合法时，结束流程，不再执行步骤S311。
S311、钱包APP106启动车厂APP102。
S312、车厂APP102向蓝牙芯片101发送第四通知，第四通知用于指示蓝牙芯片101向主蓝牙芯片201发起回连。
S313、蓝牙芯片101与主蓝牙芯片201回连，以重新建立连接。
蓝牙芯片101与主蓝牙芯片201回连，即向主蓝牙芯片201发送回连请求。主蓝牙芯片201接收到回连请求后，向蓝牙芯片101发送的响应数据包，则蓝牙芯片101与主蓝牙芯片201重新建立蓝牙连接。
BLE连接场景下，蓝牙芯片101开始扫描蓝牙广播信号时，该蓝牙扫描可以为BLE扫描，此时蓝牙芯片101处于scanning状态。主蓝牙芯片201发送蓝牙广播信号，主蓝牙芯片201可处于广播(advertising)状态。蓝牙芯片101向主蓝牙芯片201发起回连时，蓝牙芯片101进入initiating状态。最后，蓝牙芯片101由initiating状态进入连接(connection)状态，主蓝牙芯片201由advertising进入connection状态，从而蓝牙芯片101与主蓝牙芯片201回连重新建立连接。
在BR/EDR连接场景下，在前述图7所描述注册流程步骤S101中蓝牙芯片101和主蓝牙芯片202已完成配对。蓝牙芯片101开始进行蓝牙扫描时，该蓝牙扫描可以为BR/EDR扫描，此时蓝牙芯片101处于inquiry状态。主蓝牙芯片201发送蓝牙广播信号，主蓝牙芯片201可处于inquiry scan状态。为了恢复蓝牙连接，蓝牙芯片101向已经蓝牙连接过的主蓝牙芯片201发起回连。示例性的，蓝牙芯片101可寻呼(page)主蓝牙芯片201，以建立起蓝牙芯片101与主蓝牙芯片201之间的蓝牙连接。
S314、当蓝牙芯片101与主蓝牙芯片201建立连接时，蓝牙代理模块105可向蓝牙芯片101发送第五通知，第五通知用于指示蓝牙芯片101关闭蓝牙扫描功能，即停止进行蓝牙扫描。
本申请实施例中，当蓝牙芯片101和主蓝牙芯片201之间建立蓝牙连接时，蓝牙协议栈可向蓝牙代理模块105发送通知，蓝牙代理模块105可执行步骤S314。
当重新建立起蓝牙芯片101与主蓝牙芯片201之间的蓝牙连接时，不再需要扫描蓝牙广播信号，关闭蓝牙扫描功能，从而节省功耗。
S315、当主蓝牙芯片201的RSSI大于设定阈值时，MCU203启动测距蓝牙芯片204测量电子设备10与汽车车机20之间的距离。
本申请实施例中，测距蓝牙芯片204可处于休眠状态，只有当主蓝牙芯片201的RSSI大于设定阈值时需要对电子设备10进行精确测距时MCU203才唤醒测距蓝牙芯片204。这样，只有当用户携带电子设备10靠近汽车，在汽车附近设定距离内，MCU203才启动测距蓝牙芯片204来确定携带电子设备10的用户与汽车之间的相对方位、与汽车车机之间的距离。在用户拉动车门把手时，MCU203根据电子设备10的用户与汽车之间的相对方位、与汽车车机之间的距离，确定进行密文校验，以开启汽车车锁。
本申请实施例对唤醒测距蓝牙芯片204的时间不作限定。不限于在主蓝牙芯片201的RSSI大于设定阈值时才唤醒，例如还可以是在主蓝牙芯片201与蓝牙芯片101建立连接时，即唤醒测距蓝牙芯片204。
S316、当车门把手被拉动且电子设备10与汽车车机20之间的距离小于设定阈值时， MCU203通过蓝牙芯片101与主蓝牙芯片201之间的蓝牙连接向钱包APP106发送密文校验指令。
S317、钱包APP106从SE 104的applet获取第一密文。
可以理解的，电子设备10中密文不限于存储在SE 104的applet中，还可以存储在其他安全存储区中，例如存储在可信执行环境(trusted execution environment，TEE)中的应用(trusted execution environment application，TA)中。则钱包APP106可从TEE中获取第一密文，发送给汽车车机20。
S318、钱包APP106通过车厂APP102、蓝牙芯片101向MCU203发送第一密文。
其中，第一密文在步骤S319的传输过程中，可加密传输，本申请实施例对加密的方法不作限定。
S319、MCU203将第一密文与车机SE202中的密文进行比对。
S320、密文比对通过，MCU203开启汽车的车锁。
图8所示出的无感开启汽车车锁过程，即便车厂APP102被系统清理掉，依然无需用户手动在电子设备10上打开车厂APP，电子设备10可在扫描到汽车车机20发送的蓝牙广播信号时，在车厂APP102被关闭的情况下启动车厂APP以实现无感开启车锁。这样，提高了开启汽车的车锁的便利性，从而提高无感开启车锁的体验。
在本申请的一些实施例中，步骤S305中蓝牙代理模块105下发的第一通知时还可对蓝牙扫描的时长进行计时。具体的，蓝牙代理模块105按照该蓝牙扫描的时长对蓝牙芯片101执行蓝牙扫描的时间进行计时。当计时时间超过该蓝牙扫描的时长时，蓝牙代理模块105可通知蓝牙芯片101关闭蓝牙扫描功能，即停止进行蓝牙扫描。该蓝牙扫描的时长即为设定时间，电子设备10在该设定时间内扫描蓝牙广播信号。
可选的，该蓝牙扫描的时长可以是由的钱包服务器下发到蓝牙代理模块105。在另一些实施例中，钱包服务器上可设置蓝牙扫描的时长的取值范围，例如小于或等于7*24小时。蓝牙代理模块105下发的蓝牙扫描的时长需满足上述钱包服务器上设置的取值范围。
本申请实施例中，该蓝牙扫描的时长的取值，可与电子设备10上其他类型的扫描重合执行，即电子设备10进行其他类型的扫描时，同时扫描蓝牙广播信号。例如，Huawei share的灭屏后进行扫描的时间可以为24小时，则在Huawei share扫描期间，电子设备还可同时检测扫描到的蓝牙广播信号，并检测该蓝牙广播信号是否携带第二电子设备的设备信息。
本申请实施例中，上述的(a)注册过程和(b)无感开启汽车车锁过程中，电子设备10中的蓝牙开关均处于打开状态，从而蓝牙芯片10处于工作状态。
(c)蓝牙开关重启或者电子设备10重启过程
在本申请的一些实施例中，当蓝牙芯片101进行蓝牙扫描过程中蓝牙开关重启(即关闭并重新打开)或者电子设备10重启时，蓝牙代理模块101在蓝牙开关关闭期间和电子设备10重启导致蓝牙芯片停止工作期间，依然对蓝牙扫描的时长进行计时。具体的，请参阅图9，图9是本申请实施例提供的蓝牙扫描方法的流程示意图。该蓝牙扫描方法包含步骤S401～S408。
S401、蓝牙开关关闭并重新打开或者电子设备10重启，蓝牙芯片101重新启动。
S402、蓝牙芯片101向钱包APP106请求注册信息。
其中，注册信息可包含需扫描的蓝牙广播信号(例如携带第一MAC地址的蓝牙广播信号)、剩余的蓝牙扫描的时长。其中，钱包APP106也可对蓝牙扫描的时长进行计时，并在蓝牙开关重启或者电子设备10重启时，依然存储剩余的蓝牙扫描的时长。
S403、钱包APP106向蓝牙代理模块105发送车厂APP106的注册信息。
S404、蓝牙代理模块105重新向蓝牙芯片101发送第一通知。
S405、蓝牙代理模块105对剩余的蓝牙扫描的时长进行计时。
S406、蓝牙芯片101开启蓝牙扫描功能，开始扫描蓝牙广播信号。
S407、当计时时间超过该剩余的蓝牙扫描的时长时，蓝牙代理模块105向蓝牙芯片101发送第六通知，第六通知指示关闭蓝牙扫描功能。
本申请实施例中，不限于蓝牙代理模块105对蓝牙芯片101扫描的时间进行计时，还可以是蓝牙芯片101执行扫描时间的计时。当超过该的蓝牙扫描的时长时，蓝牙芯片101可停止进行蓝牙扫描。钱包APP106或者蓝牙代理模块105也可存储剩余的蓝牙扫描的时长。当前当蓝牙芯片101重新启动时，蓝牙芯片101可依然存储有剩余的蓝牙扫描的时长，或者从钱包APP106、蓝牙代理模块105获取剩余的蓝牙扫描的时长，并根据该剩余的蓝牙扫描的时长执行蓝牙扫描。
S408、蓝牙芯片101关闭蓝牙扫描功能，即停止进行蓝牙扫描。
在本申请实施例中，步骤S409～S417具体描述可参考图8所描述示例中步骤S309～S314。当计时时间未超过该剩余的蓝牙扫描的时长时，如果扫描到包含第一MAC地址的蓝牙广播信号，则蓝牙芯片101通知蓝牙代理模块105，以启动车厂APP102建立起蓝牙芯片101与主蓝牙芯片201之间的蓝牙连接。建立蓝牙连接之后，蓝牙芯片101停止蓝牙扫描。
对图9所描述的蓝牙扫描方法举例说明，蓝牙代理模块105中蓝牙扫描的计时时间为24小时。在第一天北京时间08点整，蓝牙代理模块105下发第一通知以开始进行蓝牙扫描并开始计时。蓝牙代理模块105确定如果在第二天08点整之前，蓝牙芯片101仍然未建立起与汽车车机20之间的蓝牙连接，将会关闭蓝牙扫描功能。在第一天北京时间08点整到第二天08点整之间，蓝牙开关重启或者电子设备10重启，第二天08点整蓝牙代理模块105依然关闭蓝牙扫描功能。如果在第一天北京时间08点整到第二天08点整之间，车厂APP102已经回连上汽车车机20，蓝牙芯片101停止进行蓝牙扫描。本次蓝牙扫描的时长的计时也结束。
本申请实施例中，电子设备10进行蓝牙扫描有时间限定，不会在未扫描到携带第一MAC地址的蓝牙广播信号的情况下，一直进行扫描。这样，降低了蓝牙扫描的功耗。
本申请实施例中，当蓝牙芯片101关闭蓝牙扫描功能之后，用户可触摸负一屏、车厂APP102的用户界面和钱包APP106的用户界面上用于解锁的控件，使得电子设备10通过与汽车车机20之间的蓝牙连接进行密文校验，进而实现汽车车门解锁。另外，响应于作用在该用于解锁的控件的用户操作，电子设备10可重新开启蓝牙扫描功能。
在本申请的一些实施例中，电子设备10和汽车车机20之间的蓝牙连接，可响应于用户操作断开。即蓝牙连接主动断开。主动断开与前述的被动断开为相对的。具体的，在经过图7所描述注册完成后，电子设备10可在负一屏、车厂APP102的用户界面、钱包APP106 的用户界面上显示用于断开连接的控件。该负一屏、车厂APP102的用户界面、钱包APP106的用户界面为第一用户界面，该用于断开连接的控件为第一控件。响应于作用在该控件上的用户操作，电子设备10的蓝牙芯片101可断开与主蓝牙芯片201的蓝牙连接。电子设备10的处理器可通知蓝牙代理模块105，通知指示本次断开为用户主动触发。蓝牙代理模块105接收到通知后，可不再通知蓝牙芯片101进行扫描，蓝牙芯片101也不再向主蓝牙芯片201发送连接请求。在电子设备10主动断开蓝牙连接的情况下，电子设备10将接收到“connection terminated by local host”等错误码(error code)，汽车车机20将接收到“remote user terminated connection”等错误码。
这样，当用户操作触发电子设备10与汽车车机20之间的蓝牙连接断开时，电子设备10不再扫描蓝牙广播信号，提高便利性。
下面介绍本申请实施例涉及的用户界面。
请参阅图10，图10是本申请实施例提供的一种用户界面的示意图。如图10所示该用户界面10为负一屏。经过步骤S101～S104实现车厂APP102注册完成，且用于解锁的密文已下发到电子设备10和汽车车机20后，电子设备10可在负一屏显示用于解锁汽车车锁的控件。如图10所示，负一屏10上包含多个功能控件，例如付款码控件、扫描控件、打车控件、开车门控件1011和更多控件。负一屏10上还可包含情景智能信息，例如快递信息。负一屏10上还可包含新闻信息等。
其中，开车门控件1011，用于解锁汽车车锁。具体的，当用户携带电子设备10移动到汽车附近时，用户可触摸开车门控件1011以触发开启汽车车门。响应于作用在开车门控件1011的用户操作，电子设备10可开启蓝牙扫描功能。当车厂APP102被关闭时，电子设备10可启动车厂APP102。电子设备10可根据扫描到的来自汽车车机20的蓝牙广播信号，建立电子设备10与汽车车机20之间的蓝牙连接，并通过该蓝牙连接完成密文校验。
本申请实施例中，当车厂APP102被关闭时，例如被系统清理掉时，电子设备10的最近打开的应用界面上不包含该车厂APP102的用户界面。当扫描到汽车车机20发送的蓝牙广播信号时，电子设备10可在车厂APP102被关闭的情况下，启动车厂APP102。则电子设备10最近打开的应用界面上包含该车厂APP102的用户界面。请参阅图11A和图11B，图11A和图11B是本申请实施例提供的一些用户界面的示意图。如图11A所示，当车厂APP102被系统清理时，最近打开的应用界面20不包含该车厂APP102的用户界面。最近打开的应用界面20可包含电子设备10最近前台运行的应用的界面，例如，如图11A所示，最近打开的应用界面20可包含相机应用的用户界面。另外，响应于作用在最近打开的应用界面20上的触摸滑动操作，电子设备10可在最近打开的应用界面20上显示更多应用的用户界面。
当扫描到汽车车机20发送的蓝牙广播信号时，电子设备10可在车厂APP102被关闭的情况下，启动车厂APP102。启动车厂APP102之后，如图11B所示，则电子设备10最近打开的应用界面上可包含该车厂APP102的用户界面2011。
如图11B所示，车厂APP102的用户界面2011可包含多个用于控制车辆的控件。例如，用户界面2011包含用于车门解锁的控件，用于车门上锁的控件，用于开启空调的控件，用 于关闭空调的控件等等。用户界面2011还可包含多个用于查看车辆状态的控件。例如，用户界面2011包含用于查看车门状态的控件，用于查看胎压状态的控件等等。当未建立与汽车车机的蓝牙连接时，车厂APP102的用户界面2011还可包含用于连接汽车车机20的控件，提示“当前未连接，点击连接”。当已建立与汽车车机的蓝牙连接时，车厂APP102的用户界面2011还可包含用于断开与汽车车机之间蓝牙连接的控件，提示“当前已连接，点击断开”。该用于断开与汽车车机之间蓝牙连接的控件为第一控件。响应于作用在该第一控件上的用户操作，电子设备10可断开与所述第二电子设备之间的蓝牙连接，不再扫描蓝牙广播信号。
在一些可能的实现方式中，电子设备10上的设置界面上可包含蓝牙代理模块的设置入口。如图12A所示，设置界面200包含蓝牙代理模块的设置入口201。响应于用户对蓝牙代理模块的设置入口201的用户操作，例如点击操作，电子设备10显示蓝牙代理模块设置界面300。如图12B所示，蓝牙代理模块设置界面300包含蓝牙代理模块开关301、开关指示302和已注册应用列表303。其中：
响应于用户对蓝牙代理模块开关301的点击操作，触发注册过程中钱包应用验证注册信息的过程，即步骤S202～S204。
开关指示302，可指示蓝牙代理模块开关301的功能：打开后允许蓝牙代理模块校验安装应用的身份。使得应用实现无感支付、无感开车锁等。
已注册应用列表303，可包含已在电子设备10上通过步骤S201～S204完成注册的应用标识。示例性的，已注册应用列表303包含支付宝标识3031和蓝牙车钥匙标识3032。可选的，已注册应用列表303中的应用标识可按照应用类别分类显示，例如分类为支付类应用和其他应用。
本申请实施例中，钱包APP106的功能可由蓝牙代理模块105实现。即蓝牙系统中可不再包含钱包APP106，由蓝牙代理模块105实现钱包APP106的功能。请参阅图13，图13是本申请实施例提供的一种蓝牙系统的结构示意图。
验证车厂APP102的注册信息是否合法可由蓝牙代理模块105根据来自钱包服务器的证书、签名信息等执行。具体的，在无感开启汽车车锁过程中，图8所示出的示例的步骤S310中蓝牙代理模块105可无需发送第三通知，而是根据第一MAC地址验证车厂APP102的注册信息是否合法。另外步骤S311可由蓝牙代理模块105启动车厂APP102。在注册过程也类似，车厂APP102向蓝牙代理模块105发送注册信息，蓝牙代理模块105验证注册信息是否合法。
在图13所示出的系统架构中，车厂APP102可与SE104建立连接，在校验用于开锁的密文过程中，车厂APP102可从SE中取出第一密文，并经过蓝牙芯片101与主蓝牙芯片201之间的蓝牙连接发送给汽车车机20的MCU203。蓝牙代理模块105可与钱包服务器通信，以获得证书、签名信息等。蓝牙代理模块105用于根据证书、签名信息等验证车厂APP102是否合法。
本申请实施例中关于车厂APP102、SE104、车厂服务器30、蓝牙芯片101的描述可参考图6的描述，以及图7～图9所描述示例，这里不再赘述。
本申请实施例不限于应用在无感开启车锁的功能，还可以应用在其他场景，例如在无感支付场景下应用还可以是支付应用。当与支付终端(例如支付机具，类比汽车车技20)断开连接时，如果电子设备10上支付应用被系统清理，电子设备10可开启蓝牙扫描功能。当电子设备10靠近支付机具时，可扫描到支付终端发出的蓝牙广播信号。电子设备10可在支付应用被系统清理的情况下，启动支付应用。电子设备10的支付应用可将支付机具相关的业务信息发送给对应的服务器，以完成后续支付过程。这样，以实现无感支付。关于无感支付场景，具体可参考后文描述。
再例如，在自动上传体重数据到电子设备10的场景中，应用还可以是体重秤应用。当与体重秤(类比汽车车技20)断开连接时，如果电子设备10上体重秤应用被系统清理，电子设备10可开启蓝牙扫描功能。体重秤可广播蓝牙广播信号。当电子设备10靠近体重秤时，可扫描到体重秤发出的蓝牙广播信号。电子设备10可在体重秤应用被关闭的情况下，启动体重秤应用，并回连体重秤。体重秤可通过蓝牙连接将体重数据传输给体重秤应用。这样，以实现无感上传体重数据到电子设备10。关于无感上传体重数据的场景，具体可参考后文描述。
本申请实施例不限于应用在上述场景举例中，还可以应用在开启门锁、智能手环数据同步到电子设备20等场景，本申请实施例对具体的应用场景不作限定。
下面介绍本申请实施例涉及的无感支付场景。请参阅图14，图14是本申请实施例提供的一种蓝牙系统的架构示意图。如图14所示，该蓝牙系统包含电子设备10、蓝牙设备30(例如支付设备30)和服务器40。
其中，电子设备10可与服务器40建立通信连接，支付设备30可与服务器40建立通信连接。支付设备30可广播蓝牙广播信号。用户在携带电子设备10靠近支付设备30时，电子设备10可接收到蓝牙广播信号。电子设备10上可安装有与支付设备30对应的APP。该APP例如是微信，则服务器40为微信服务器。在需要支付时，用户面向支付设备30，支付设备30采集人脸图像，上传给服务器40。服务器40可完成用户人脸验证，自动完成支付业务过程。上述人脸支付的过程中，无需用户手动操作电子设备10上的APP，即可实现无感支付。
下面结合电子设备10和支付设备30的结构介绍图14所示场景中无感支付的过程。请参阅图15，图15是本申请实施例提供的一种蓝牙系统的架构示意图。如图15所示，电子设备10包含蓝牙芯片101和APP 102。其中，蓝牙芯片101与APP 102连接。支付设备30可持续广播蓝牙广播信号。
请参阅图16，图16是本申请实施例提供的一种业务交易方法的流程示意图。如图16所示，基于图14和图15所描述的系统架构，该业务交易方法包括步骤S501～S508。
S501、支付设备30广播蓝牙广播信号。
蓝牙广播信号中携带设备身份信息和设备标识信息(例如UUID)。示例性的，设备身份信息可包含设备ID。其中，设备ID可唯一标识支付设备30。UUID可标识能够连接APP102和服务器40的支付设备。例如，对于支付宝应用，能够连接支付宝应用和支付宝服务 器的支付设备有相同的UUID，该UUID可保存在蓝牙芯片101中。或者，能够连接支付宝应用和支付宝服务器的支付设备的UUID为某几个UUID中的一个。该几个UUID可保存在蓝牙芯片101中。
S502、蓝牙芯片101接收来自支付设备30的蓝牙广播信号，检测蓝牙广播信号来自的设备(支付设备30)是否已在电子设备10上注册。
关于蓝牙扫描(即检测蓝牙广播信号来自的设备是否在电子设备10上已注册)可参考图2所描述示例中的具体描述，这里不再赘述。该蓝牙芯片101可以支持BLE连接，也可以支持BR/EDR连接。则电子设备10上蓝牙扫描开关打开时，蓝牙芯片101才可执行步骤S502。
S503、电子设备10的应用处理器对蓝牙芯片101进行监测，监测到蓝牙广播信号来自的设备(支付设备30)已在电子设备10上注册时，运行APP 102。
应用处理器在监测到蓝牙广播信号来自的设备已注册后可检测APP 102是否运行，如果未运行，则执行步骤S504运行APP 102。对于安卓8.0之后的系统，电子设备10的AP可通过步骤S503自动运行APP 102。
S504、APP 102将携带设备身份信息和账户ID的消息发送给服务器40。
APP可将携带设备ID和账户ID的消息发送给服务器40。设备ID可以是蓝牙芯片101从蓝牙广播信号中获取并发送给APP 102的。服务器40可获取能够接收到支付设备30蓝牙广播信号的一个或多个账户ID。例如，当前在支付设备30附近的电子设备的数量为10个，且这10个电子设备上均安装有支付宝应用且开启了无感支付业务。这10个电子设备上的支付宝应用中每个支付宝应用均登陆有支付宝账户ID(例如支付宝账号)。则对于10个电子设备上每个电子设备，通过步骤S501～S504，来自外部蓝牙设备51的业务信息(例如设备身份信息)可传输到APP 102，并由APP 102传输给服务器40。服务器40可通过获取这10个电子设备上每个电子设备上的支付宝账户ID。步骤S505～S508执行人脸比对来确定从哪个支付宝账户ID中执行交易过程。
S505、支付设备30采集人脸图像。
S506、支付设备30将采集的人脸图像和设备ID发送给服务器40。
设备ID与支付设备30一一对应。
S507、服务器40根据接收的人脸图像和设备ID识别得到账户ID。
服务器40在接收到人脸图像和设备ID后，可根据设备ID确定已上传业务信息(例如设备身份信息)的账户ID。示例性的，前例中服务器40可根据设备ID确定10个支付宝账户ID通过支付设备30向服务器40上传业务信息(例如设备身份信息)。服务器40可获取这10个支付宝账户ID中每个账户ID对应的人脸图像。然后将从支付设备30接收到的人脸图像与这10个人脸图像进行比对，则可得到接收到的人脸图像对应的支付宝账户ID。
服务器40上可存储有账户ID和对应的人脸图像，该人脸图像可以是用户预存的。账户对应的人脸图像还可以是服务器40从其他设备(例如电子设备10)中获取的，本申请实施例对此不作限定。
S508、服务器40根据账户ID，完成业务交易。
服务器40可将步骤S507得到的账户ID作为扣款账户，完成业务交易。
上述无感支付的过程中，步骤S502中，电子设备10的应用处理器在蓝牙扫描过程中需要一直处于工作状态来监测蓝牙广播信号来自的设备在电子设备10上是否已注册，增加了电子设备10的功耗和内存的占用。另外，电子设备10上用于启动蓝牙扫描的蓝牙扫描开关默认关闭，从而影响蓝牙扫描，降低了支付过程的便利性。
本申请实施例提供一种业务执行方法，可提高业务执行过程的便利性，并降低电子设备10的功耗和内存的占用。该业务执行可包含无感开启汽车车锁业务和无感支付业务。该业务执行方法所涉及的电子设备10中包含蓝牙代理模块。请参阅图17，图17是本申请实施例提供的一种蓝牙系统的架构示意图。如图17所示，该蓝牙系统包含电子设备10、蓝牙设备50(例如汽车、支付设备等)和服务器40。蓝牙设备50例如包含蓝牙设备51和蓝牙设备52。
其中，无感支付业务所涉及的模块包含蓝牙设备51、蓝牙芯片101、蓝牙代理模块105、APP1021、服务器40。无感开启汽车车锁业务所涉及的模块包含蓝牙设备52、蓝牙芯片101、蓝牙代理模块105、APP1022、OMA API103、SE104。
如图17所示，电子设备10包含蓝牙芯片101、APP 102、OMA API 103、SE 104、蓝牙代理模块105、TEE106和APP 1021和APP 1022。APP1021和APP 1022可以是不同的业务应用(例如一个是支付应用，另一个是汽车20关联的应用)。APP 1021和APP 1022中每个应用对应有蓝牙设备。例如APP 1021对应蓝牙设备51，APP 1022对应蓝牙设备52。
本申请实施例中，安装时进行权限校验的应用和参与业务执行流程的应用可以是相同的APP，也可以是不同的APP。如果是不同的APP，则参与业务执行流程的APP与服务器40连接，并与蓝牙代理模块连接。
APP 1021对应的蓝牙设备数量可以是多个。蓝牙设备的设备标识信息在蓝牙代理模块105和蓝牙芯片101上有存储，且在电子设备10上对应一个APP。APP 1022对应的蓝牙设备也可以是多个。如支付宝应用对应可对应多个支付设备，可在这多个支付设备上完成业务执行流程。
本申请实施例以APP 1021为支付应用、蓝牙设备51为其对应的支付设备为例，以APP 1022为汽车应用(即车厂APP)、蓝牙设备52为其对应的汽车为例介绍。
其中，蓝牙代理模块105与APP 1022连接。蓝牙代理模块105还与TEE 106连接，蓝牙代理模块105还通过OMA API 103与SE 104连接。
开启车锁场景下，在蓝牙芯片101检测到蓝牙广播信号来自的设备已在电子设备10上注册时，启动该蓝牙代理模块105。该蓝牙代理模块105可与外部蓝牙设备建立通路，且蓝牙代理模块105与SE 104连接，从而SE 104中的业务信息(例如密文)可传输给外部蓝牙设备(例如汽车等)。蓝牙代理模块105还与TEE 106连接，从而TEE 106中的业务信息(例如密文)也可传输给外部蓝牙设备(例如汽车等)。
支付场景下，蓝牙芯片101与蓝牙代理模块105连接，蓝牙代理模块105与APP 1021连接，APP 1021与服务器40建立通信连接。蓝牙设备51与服务器40建立通信连接。该业务方法中，当蓝牙芯片101扫描到设备标识中的第一设备标识时，蓝牙芯片101通知蓝牙代理模块105。蓝牙代理模块105可唤醒APP 1021，来自外部蓝牙设备51的业务信息(例 如蓝牙设备51的设备ID)可传输到APP 1021。而APP 1021与服务器40建立通信连接，从而实现来自外部蓝牙设备51的业务信息(例如蓝牙设备51的设备ID)传输到服务器40。服务器40可根据从APP 1021传输过来的业务信息和从蓝牙设备51采集的用户信息(例如人脸图像)完成业务蓝牙芯片101上存储的设备标识是校验通过的应用对应的设备标识。即第一设备标识对应的应用已在电子设备10上校验通过。
在蓝牙芯片101扫描到设备标识中的第一设备标识时，上述的蓝牙代理模块105才被启动。电子设备10中的蓝牙代理模块105和应用处理器无需一直处于工作状态，从而降低了电子设备10的功耗和内存的占用。
本申请实施例中，该蓝牙代理模块可运行APP，无需用户手动运行APP，从而实现对用户来说无感执行的过程，提高了业务执行流程的便利性。
本申请实施例中，蓝牙代理模块105可运行APP 1021，电子设备10中该APP 1021无需一直运行，该APP 1021可被应用处理器结束运行，从而进一步降低了电子设备10的功耗和内存的占用。
本申请实施例中，蓝牙代理模块105还为与蓝牙相关的业务执行流程提供一个蓝牙扫描的管理平台。
蓝牙代理模块105与SE 104连接，无需运行APP 1022，直接建立蓝牙芯片101与蓝牙设备60之间的蓝牙通路，从而进一步降低了电子设备10的功耗和内存的占用。
可选的，APP 1022还可以和TEE 106连接。则蓝牙代理模块105可唤醒APP 1022。APP 1022可从TEE 106获取业务信息(例如密文)并传输给蓝牙代理模块105。蓝牙代理模块105与外部蓝牙设备建立通路，并将该业务信息发送给外部蓝牙设备(例如汽车)，外部蓝牙设备可根据该业务信息执行相应的业务，例如开车锁。
可选的，APP 1022还可以通过OMA API和SE 104连接。则蓝牙代理模块105可唤醒APP 1022，APP 1022可从SE 104获取业务信息(例如密文)并传输给蓝牙代理模块105。蓝牙代理模块105与外部蓝牙设备(例如汽车)建立通路，并将该业务信息发送给外部蓝牙设备(例如汽车)，外部蓝牙设备可根据该业务信息执行相应的业务，例如开车锁。
下面以业务执行过程为无感人脸支付为例介绍，蓝牙设备50可以是支付设备30。可以理解的，本申请实施例以人脸无感支付的场景为例进行介绍，还可以是其他的业务场景，本申请实施例对此不作限定。
请参阅图18，图18是本申请实施例提供的一种蓝牙系统的架构示意图。如图18所示，该蓝牙系统包含电子设备10、蓝牙设备50(例如支付设备30)和服务器40。如图18所示，电子设备10包含蓝牙芯片101、蓝牙代理模块105和APP 102。其中，蓝牙芯片101与蓝牙代理模块105建立连接，蓝牙代理模块105与APP 102建立连接。
在使用该系统架构进行无感人脸支付之前，用户需要在电子设备10上安装APP 102，电子设备10完成注册过程。下面分别对以下过程进行介绍：(a)注册过程；(b)交易过程；(c)注销过程。
(a)注册过程
下面结合图18所示系统架构和图19所示流程介绍注册过程。请参阅图19，图19是 本申请实施例提供的APP 102注册过程的流程示意图。该APP 102注册过程包含步骤S201～S206。
S601、当APP 102被安装到电子设备10上时，APP 102向蓝牙代理模块105发送第一注册信息。
其中，第一注册信息可包括以下一项或多项：
①APP_ID：进行注册的APP 102的身份标识(identification，ID)；
②APP_AWAKE_ID：蓝牙芯片101扫描到第一设备标识信息后需唤醒APP 102的ID；
③CORRESPONDENT_ID：传输业务信息时，通信者的ID；
例如，该通信者的ID可以为APP 102的ID，则在扫描到蓝牙广播信号时可唤醒APP 102。再例如，该通信者的ID还可以为TA的UUID，则在扫描到蓝牙广播信号时可唤醒APP 102与外部蓝牙设备建立通路。又例如，该通信者的ID还可以为applet的身份标识(applet identification，AID)，则在扫描到蓝牙广播信号时可唤醒APP 102与外部蓝牙设备建立通路。
④第一设备标识信息：APP 102希望扫描的蓝牙设备的身份标识信息，示例性的包括不限于外部蓝牙设备的UUID；
在一种可能的实现方式中，APP 102对应一个UUID列表。该UUID列表包含一个或多个UUID。对于UUID列表中的每个UUID来说，蓝牙代理模块105均对该UUID对应的外部蓝牙设备广播的蓝牙广播信号交易通过。
⑤OPTION：接收业务信息的实体：APP 102、TEE 106中TA或者SE 104中applet等。以及蓝牙芯片101扫描到第一设备标识信息后，是否唤醒APP 102。
S602、蓝牙代理模块105根据第一注册信息对APP 102进行权限校验。
在一种可能的实现方式中，蓝牙代理模块105上可存储有多个APP的APP_ID，这多个APP_ID是蓝牙代理模块105认可的。蓝牙代理模块105检测第一注册信息中的APP_ID是否包含在存储的多个APP_ID中。如果第一注册信息中的APP_ID包含在存储的多个APP_ID中，则权限校验通过，执行步骤S603。如果第一注册信息中的APP_ID不包含在存储的多个APP_ID中，则权限校验不通过，结束。
可以理解的，上述对权限校验过程的举例仅用于解释本申请实施例，不应构成限定，蓝牙代理模块105还可以有其他的权限校验方法，本申请实施例对此不做限定。
本申请实施例中，蓝牙代理模块105可位于图5所示示例中的应用程序框架层，可以是应用程序框架层的应用/接口。蓝牙代理模块105不限于位于应用程序框架层，还可以位于其他层。
S603、在权限校验通过的情况下，蓝牙代理模块105将第一设备标识信息发送给蓝牙芯片101。
蓝牙芯片101可存储权限校验通过的设备标识信息。示例性的，蓝牙代理模块105对于APP1权限校验通过，APP1的注册信息中包含UUID1、UUID2、UUID3和UUID4。蓝牙代理模块105对于APP2权限校验通过，APP2的注册信息中包含UUID5和UUID6。则蓝牙芯片101可接收并存储有UUID1、UUID2、UUID3、UUID4、UUID5和UUID6。
可以理解的，本申请实施例以设备标识信息为UUID为例进行介绍，但是设备标识信息不限于UUID，还可以是其他设备信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中，在权限校验通过的情况下，蓝牙代理模块105存储APP 102的第一注册信息。蓝牙代理模块105可通过该第一注册信息和蓝牙芯片101扫描到的UUID，找到对应的APP，或者对应的TA，或者对应的applet。
S604、蓝牙代理模块105检测蓝牙芯片101的蓝牙扫描功能是否打开。
其中，蓝牙芯片101的蓝牙扫描功能打开的情况下，蓝牙芯片101可接收蓝牙广播信号，并检测蓝牙广播信号上携带的设备标识信息是否存储在蓝牙芯片101上。蓝牙芯片101的蓝牙扫描功能关闭的情况下，蓝牙芯片101不能接收蓝牙广播信号。
S605、在检测到蓝牙芯片101的蓝牙扫描功能未打开的情况下，蓝牙代理模块105打开蓝牙扫描功能。
示例性的，若蓝牙芯片101为BLE蓝牙芯片，可调用EnableBLE来打开蓝牙扫描功能。
S606、蓝牙芯片101执行扫描。
蓝牙芯片101执行扫描的过程，可接收蓝牙广播信号，并检测蓝牙广播信号上携带的UUID是否存储在蓝牙芯片101上。
通过步骤S601～S606，APP 102在电子设备10上完成注册。完成注册后，电子设备10可响应用户操作在该APP 102上登陆账户。例如，对于支付宝应用，完成注册后，电子设备10可响应用户操作在支付宝应用上登陆支付宝账号，该支付宝账号可以是支付宝应用在电子设备10上的账户ID。登陆账户的过程中例如需要验证账户ID对应的账户密码。
(b)交易过程
完成注册并登陆账户后，电子设备10可执行本申请实施例提供的业务执行方法。请参阅图20，图20是本申请实施例提供的一种业务交易方法的流程示意图。该业务交易方法基于图18所示出的系统架构，该业务交易方法包含步骤S701～S710。
S701、蓝牙设备50广播蓝牙广播信号。
其中，蓝牙广播信号可携带第一设备标识信息(例如第一UUID)和第一设备身份信息(例如第一设备ID)。该第一设备身份信息与蓝牙设备50一一对应。
S702、蓝牙芯片101接收设备蓝牙广播信号，检测接收的蓝牙广播信号来自的设备(蓝牙设备50)是否在电子设备10上已注册。
电子设备10处于休眠状态下(例如电子设备10处于息屏休眠状态下)，当蓝牙芯片101检测到接收的蓝牙广播信号来自的设备在电子设备10上未注册时，蓝牙代理模块105可处于休眠状态。
S703、当接收到的蓝牙广播信号来自的设备在电子设备10上已注册时，蓝牙芯片101唤醒蓝牙代理模块105，并发送第一设备标识信息。
如果蓝牙代理模块105已经处于启动状态，则无需唤醒蓝牙代理模块105，向蓝牙代理模块105发送第一设备标识信息即可。
S704、蓝牙代理模块105根据第一设备标识信息和第一注册信息运行APP 102。
其中，蓝牙代理模块105在注册过程的步骤S603中存储第一注册信息。蓝牙代理模块105通过第一设备标识信息找到该第一注册信息，并通过第一注册信息中的APP_AWAKE_ID找到并运行APP 102。
其中，第一注册信息中⑤OPTION可指示接收数据的实体为APP 102，且蓝牙芯片101扫描到第一设备标识信息后，唤醒APP 102。蓝牙代理模块105还可以根据该OPTION来确定需要运行APP 102。然后通过第一注册信息中的APP_AWAKE_ID运行APP 102。
可选的，如果APP 102已处于运行状态，则无需执行运行APP 102。
S705、蓝牙代理模块105将第一设备身份信息发送给APP107。
其中，第一设备身份信息可以是在步骤S703中同第一设备标识信息一起，由蓝牙芯片101发送给蓝牙代理模块105的。
S706、APP 102将携带第一设备身份信息和第一账户ID的消息发送给服务器40。
通过步骤S701～S706，来自外部蓝牙设备50的业务信息(例如蓝牙设备50的设备ID)可传输到APP 102，APP 102将该业务信息发送给服务器40，为后续交易过程做准备。其中，第一账户ID是APP 102上登陆的账户的ID。示例性的，对于支付宝APP，其账户ID可以是支付宝账号。
步骤S706之后，用户可通过人脸、指纹等验证方式执行交易过程(例如人脸无感支付)，参考步骤S707～S710。关于步骤S707～S710可参考图16所示示例中步骤S505～S508的描述，这里不再赘述。
S707、蓝牙设备50采集第一人脸图像。
S708、蓝牙设备50将携带第一人脸图像和第一设备身份信息的消息发送给服务器40。
S709、服务器40根据第一人脸图像和第一设备身份信息识别得到第一账户ID。
S710、服务器40根据第一账户ID，完成业务交易。
上述的业务交易方法流程，在蓝牙芯片101接收到的蓝牙广播信号来自的设备在电子设备10上已注册后，蓝牙代理模块105才被启动。电子设备10中的蓝牙代理模块105和应用处理器无需一直处于工作状态，从而降低了电子设备10的功耗和内存的占用。
本申请实施例中，该蓝牙代理模块105可运行APP 102，无需用户手动运行APP 102，从而实现对用户来说无感执行业务交易的过程，提高了业务交易流程的便利性。
本申请实施例中，蓝牙代理模块105可运行APP 102，电子设备10中该APP 102无需一直运行，可被应用处理器结束运行，从而进一步降低了电子设备10的功耗和内存的占用。
本申请实施例中，蓝牙代理模块105还为与蓝牙相关的业务交易流程提供一个蓝牙扫描的管理平台。
在一种可能的实现方式中，步骤S702中蓝牙扫描功能可以是用户手动开启蓝牙扫描开1001实现的。在另一种可能的实现方式中，蓝牙扫描功能还可以是电子设备10检测到蓝牙扫描功能未打开的情况下打开的，例如在图19所描述注册过程示例中通过步骤S604～S605蓝牙代理模块105打开蓝牙扫描功能。在注册完成后进行业务交易过程中蓝牙代理模块105也可自动打开蓝牙扫描功能。蓝牙代理模块105可打开蓝牙扫描功能，从而无需用户手动打开蓝牙扫描功能，实现对用户来说无感执行业务交易的过程，提高了业务交易流程的便利性。
(c)注销过程
电子设备10上注册完成的APP 102还可以响应于用户操作进行注销。下面具体介绍本 申请实施例提供的注销过程。请参阅图21，图21是本申请实施例提供的APP 102注销的流程示意图。该APP 102注销过程包含步骤S801～S806。
S801、当检测到APP 102被卸载时，蓝牙代理模块105向蓝牙芯片101发送第一通知。第一通知指示蓝牙芯片101停止扫描第一设备标识信息。
其中，第一设备标识信息即为APP 102在注册时的注册信息中包含的第一设备标识信息。示例性的，如果APP 102在注册时的注册信息中包含的第一设备标识信息为：UUID1、UUID2、UUID3和UUID4。则第一通知指示蓝牙芯片101停止扫描UUID1、UUID2、UUID3和UUID4。执行步骤S802后，蓝牙芯片101在检测到蓝牙广播信号中包含UUID1、UUID2、UUID3和UUID4时认为蓝牙广播信号来自的设备在电子设备10上未注册，也不再唤醒蓝牙代理模块105。
本申请实施例中，应用处理器可检测到APP 102被卸载，并广播用于指示APP 102被卸载的广播。蓝牙代理模块105通过该用于指示APP 102被卸载的广播来确定检测到APP 102被卸载，并执行步骤S801。
S802、蓝牙芯片101根据第一通知，停止扫描第一设备标识信息。
蓝牙芯片101可删除存储的APP 102对应的设备标识信息。步骤S801示例中，蓝牙芯片101可删除存储的UUID1、UUID2、UUID3和UUID4。
S803、蓝牙代理模块105删除APP 102的注册信息。
其中，步骤S803还可以是在步骤S802之前执行的。
在执行完上述APP 102注销过程之后，蓝牙芯片101在检测到蓝牙广播信号中包含第一设备标识信息时认为蓝牙广播信号来自的设备在电子设备10上未注册，也不再唤醒蓝牙代理模块105，不再建立蓝牙通路。
本申请实施例中，业务执行方法以无感上传业务信息(例如体重信息)到电子设备为例进行介绍，蓝牙设备50可以是体重秤90。可以理解的，本申请实施例以自动上传体重数据到电子设备10的场景为例进行介绍，还可以是其他的业务场景，本申请实施例对此不作限定。电子设备10可接收到蓝牙广播信号。电子设备10上可安装有与体重秤90对应的APP 102。电子设备10上该APP 102可通过蓝牙广播信号与体重秤90建立通路，体重秤90可将实时检测的体重数据上传给APP 102。上述上传体重数据到电子设备10的过程中，无需用户手动操作电子设备10上的APP 102，即可实现无感上传数据到电子设备10。
请参阅图22，图22是本申请实施例提供的一种蓝牙系统的架构示意图。如图22所示，该蓝牙系统包含蓝牙设备(例如体重秤90)和电子设备10。
如图22所示，电子设备10包含蓝牙芯片101、蓝牙代理模块105和APP 102。其中，蓝牙芯片101与蓝牙代理模块105建立连接，蓝牙代理模块105与APP 102建立连接。
在电子设备10上安装APP 102之后需要对APP完成注册过程，并建立起与体重秤90之间的蓝牙连接，具体可参考图7所描述的注册过程。
完成注册并登陆账户后，电子设备10可执行本申请实施例提供的一种业务执行方法。请参阅图23，图23是本申请实施例提供的一种业务执行方法的流程示意图。如图23所示，该业务执行方法包含步骤S901～S906。
S901、蓝牙设备90广播蓝牙广播信号。
其中，蓝牙广播信号可携带第一设备标识信息(例如第一UUID)和第一设备身份信息(例如第一设备ID)。该第一设备身份信息与蓝牙设备50一一对应。
在本申请的一些实施例中，当蓝牙设备90对应的APP102在电子设备10上被系统清理时，电子设备10与蓝牙设备90之间的蓝牙连接断开，电子设备10的蓝牙芯片101可开启蓝牙扫描功能，开始扫描蓝牙广播信号。
S902、蓝牙芯片101接收蓝牙广播信号，检测蓝牙广播信号来自的设备(蓝牙设备90)在电子设备10上是否已注册。
电子设备10处于休眠状态下(例如电子设备10处于息屏休眠状态下)，当蓝牙芯片101检测到蓝牙广播信号来自的设备(蓝牙设备90)在电子设备10上未注册时，蓝牙代理模块105可处于休眠状态。
S903、当检测到蓝牙广播信号来自的设备在电子设备10上已注册时，蓝牙芯片101唤醒蓝牙代理模块105，并发送第一设备标识信息。
S904、蓝牙代理模块105根据第一设备标识信息和第一注册信息运行APP 102。
关于步骤S901～S904的描述可参考图20所描述的业务执行方法的步骤S701～S704的具体描述。
当检测到蓝牙广播信号来自的设备在电子设备10上已注册时，通过步骤S901～S904，蓝牙代理模块105可以建立与蓝牙设备90之间的通路，来自蓝牙设备90的业务信息(例如体重信息)可传输到蓝牙代理模块105。蓝牙代理模块105可唤醒APP，并向APP 102传输该业务信息(例如体重信息)。
在本申请的一些实施例中，运行APP 102之后，蓝牙代理模块105还可以指示蓝牙芯片101回连蓝牙设备90，以建立蓝牙芯片101和蓝牙设备90中蓝牙芯片的蓝牙连接。该回连过程可以是BLE回连的过程，也可以是BR/EDR回连的过程，本申请实施例对此不作限定。
可选的，来自外部蓝牙设备90的业务信息(例如体重信息)还可以是通过广播信号的形式由蓝牙芯片101接收，传输给蓝牙代理模块105。然后业务信息由蓝牙代理模块105传输给APP 102。
S905、蓝牙设备90检测体重信息。
该体重信息可包括：体重值、体脂值、健康指数等数据。示例性的，该体重信息可通过蓝牙连接发送给APP 102。
S906、蓝牙设备90将体重信息通过蓝牙设备90与APP 102之间的通路发送给APP 102。
APP 102可保存该体重信息，APP 102还可以显示该体重信息。
上述的方法流程，建立蓝牙设备90与蓝牙芯片101之间的蓝牙连接的过程中，在蓝牙芯片101检测到蓝牙广播信号来自的设备(蓝牙设备90)在电子设备10上已注册后，蓝牙代理模块105才被启动。电子设备10中的蓝牙代理模块105和应用处理器无需一直处于工作状态，从而降低了电子设备10的功耗和内存的占用。
上述体重秤向电子设备的应用上传体重信息的流程中，不需要用户手动运行APP 102，实现对用户来说无感执行的过程，提高了业务执行流程的便利性。
上述体重秤向应用上传体重信息的流程中，无需保持APP 102始终处于运行状态，从而进一步降低了电子设备10的功耗和内存的占用。本申请实施例中，蓝牙代理模块105还为蓝牙相关的业务执行流程提供一个管理平台。
在另一种可能的实现方式中，蓝牙扫描功能还可以是电子设备10检测到蓝牙扫描功能未打开的情况下打开的，例如在注册过程示例中通过蓝牙代理模块105打开蓝牙扫描功能。在注册完成后进行业务执行过程中蓝牙代理模块105也可自动打开蓝牙扫描功能。蓝牙代理模块105可打开蓝牙扫描功能，从而无需用户手动打开蓝牙扫描功能，实现对用户来说无感执行业务的过程，提高了业务执行流程的便利性。
在本申请另一些实施例中，蓝牙设备90广播的蓝牙广播信号不限于包含第一UUID，还可以是包含体重秤的MAC地址。在注册过程中，与电子设备10建立蓝牙连接过程，蓝牙设备90将自身的MAC地址(第一MAC地址)传输给电子设备10。电子设备10的蓝牙芯片存储该第一MAC地址。当蓝牙连接断开时，电子设备10根据该第一MAC地址扫描蓝牙广播信号。在扫描到携带该第一MAC地址的MAC地址时才启动体重秤对应的体重秤应用。体重秤应用可指示蓝牙芯片101回连体重秤。
在本申请的一些实施例中，当电子设备10检测到蓝牙设备90对应的APP102被系统清理时，电子设备10可开启蓝牙扫描功能，开始扫描蓝牙广播信号。
本申请实施例中，图22、图23所描述的蓝牙设备90不限于体重秤，还可以是其他可穿戴设备，例如智能手表。
在无感开启汽车车锁的场景下，本申请实施例还提供一种蓝牙系统和蓝牙连接方法。该方法基于图1所描述的系统架构。蓝牙设备60可以是图1所示的汽车车机20。可以理解的，本申请实施例以无感开启汽车车锁的场景为例进行介绍，还可以是其他的业务场景，本申请实施例对此不作限定。
请参阅图24，图24是本申请实施例提供的一种蓝牙系统的架构示意图。如图24所示，该蓝牙系统包含电子设备10、蓝牙设备60(例如汽车20)和服务器70。如图24所示，电子设备10包含蓝牙芯片101、蓝牙代理模块105、APP 102、OMA API 103、SE 104和TEE 106。其中，OMA API 103——SE 104和TEE 106二者在该蓝牙系统中可仅含一个，也可以同时包含这两个。其中，蓝牙芯片101与蓝牙代理模块105建立连接，蓝牙代理模块105与TEE 106连接，且蓝牙代理模块105通过OMA API 103与SE 104连接。
在使用该系统架构进行无感开启汽车车锁之前，用户需要在电子设备10上安装APP 102，电子设备10完成注册过程。下面分别对以下过程进行介绍：(d)注册过程；(e)业务执行过程。本申请实施例中，APP 102的注销过程可参考图13所述示例的具体描述，这里不再赘述。
(d)注册过程
下面结合图24所示系统架构和图25所示流程介绍注册过程。请参阅图25，图25是本申请实施例提供的APP 102注册过程的流程示意图。该APP 102注册过程包含步骤S1001～S1006。
S1001、当APP 102被安装到电子设备10上时，APP 102从服务器70获取第一证书。
本申请实施例中，如果蓝牙代理模块105上未存储APP 102的APP ID，APP 102可从服务器70上获取第一证书。该第一证书可用于向蓝牙代理模块105证明APP 102的权限。
在一种可能的实现方式中，在APP 102安装到电子设备10上时，APP 102可向服务器70发送用于请求下发第一证书的消息，然后服务器70向APP 102发送第一证书。在另一种可能的实现方式中，APP 102安装到电子设备10上时，服务器70即下发第一证书给APP 102。
S1002、APP 102向蓝牙代理模块105发送第一注册信息和第一证书。
可选的，APP 102还可以向蓝牙代理模块105发送第一证书。该第一证书即可向蓝牙代理模块105证明APP 102的权限，从而在步骤S1003中对APP 102权限校验通过。
S1003、蓝牙代理模块105根据第一注册信息和第一证书对APP 102进行权限校验。
S1004、在权限校验通过的情况下，蓝牙代理模块105将第一设备标识信息发送给蓝牙芯片101。
S1005、蓝牙代理模块105检测蓝牙芯片101的蓝牙扫描功能是否打开。
S1006、在检测到蓝牙芯片101的蓝牙扫描功能未打开的情况下，蓝牙代理模块105打开蓝牙扫描功能。
S1007、蓝牙芯片101执行扫描。
下面对步骤S1002中的第一证书和步骤S1003中进行权限校验的过程进行介绍。
第一证书是一个经证书授权中心(certificate authority，CA)数字签名的数字证书。该证书授权中心是蓝牙代理模块105认可的。第一证书可包含服务器70的公开密钥、服务器70的名称以及证书授权中心的数字签名。当使用该第一证书向蓝牙代理模块105进行身份认证时，第一证书可随机生成身份码。每份数字证书都能生成相应的身份码但每次生成的身份码都不相同。
第一证书是含有服务器70的身份信息并经过认证中心审核签发的电子数据。因此，该第一证书可以通过证书授权中心的数字签名向蓝牙代理模块105证明服务器70经过证书授权中心认证。
而蓝牙代理模块105上保存有证书授权中心的公开密钥，通过该证书授权中心的公开密钥来验证第一证书中证书授权中心的数字签名，验证通过后则表明权限校验通过，进而执行步骤S1004～S1007。
关于步骤S1004～S1007可参考图19所示示例中步骤S603～S606的描述，这里不再赘述。
(e)业务执行过程
完成注册并登陆账户后，电子设备10可执行本申请实施例提供的业务执行方法。请参阅图26，图26是本申请实施例提供的一种业务执行方法的流程示意图。该业务执行方法以建立外部蓝牙设备60到SE 104之间的蓝牙通路为例，建立外部蓝牙设备60到TEE 106之间的蓝牙通路类似。该业务执行方法基于图24所示出的系统架构，该业务执行方法包含步骤S1101～S1108。
S1101、蓝牙设备60广播蓝牙广播信号。
其中，蓝牙广播信号可携带第一设备标识信息(例如第一UUID)和第一设备身份信息(例如第一设备ID)。该第一设备身份信息与蓝牙设备50一一对应。
S1102、蓝牙芯片101接收来自蓝牙设备60的蓝牙广播信号，检测接收到的蓝牙广播信号来自的设备在电子设备10上是否已注册。
电子设备10处于休眠状态下(例如电子设备10处于息屏休眠状态下)，当蓝牙芯片101检测到蓝牙广播信号来自的设备(蓝牙设备50)在电子设备10上未注册时，蓝牙代理模块105可处于休眠状态。
S1103、当检测到蓝牙广播信号来自的设备在电子设备10上已注册时，蓝牙芯片101唤醒蓝牙代理模块105，并发送第一设备标识信息。
其中，蓝牙代理模块105在图10所示注册过程的步骤S203中存储第一注册信息。蓝牙代理模块105通过第一设备标识信息找到该第一注册信息。其中，第一注册信息中⑤OPTION可指示接收数据的实体为TEE 106，且蓝牙芯片101扫描到第一设备标识信息后，不唤醒APP 102。当检测到蓝牙广播信号来自的设备在电子设备10上已注册时，蓝牙代理模块105可建立与蓝牙设备60之间的通路。则通过步骤S1101～S1103建立蓝牙代理模块105与外部蓝牙设备之间的通路，蓝牙代理模块105可获取TEE106的业务信息传输给外部蓝牙设备。
步骤S1103之后，用户可通过携带电子设备10靠近蓝牙设备60时执行交易过程(例如无感开启汽车车锁)，参考步骤S1104～S1108。
示例性的，在蓝牙设备60为汽车20实现开车锁的场景下，汽车20可在检测到与电子设备10之间距离小于或等于一个设定距离(例如30米)时执行步骤S1101～S1103建立蓝牙通路过程。在通过步骤S1101～S1103建立蓝牙代理模块105与汽车20的通路之后，汽车20可实时检测电子设备10与汽车20之间的距离。当汽车20检测到与电子设备10之间的距离小于或等于设定距离(例如10米)时，汽车20可执行步骤S1104～S1107完成校验过程。当汽车20检测到与电子设备10之间的距离小于或等于设定距离(例如3米)时，执行步骤S1108打开车锁。
S1104、蓝牙设备60经过通路向蓝牙代理模块105发送密文校验指令。
其中，密文校验指令可通过数字签名加密传输。密文校验指令中可包含蓝牙设备60的数字签名，例如，包含蓝牙设备60自身的私有密钥的数字签名。而蓝牙代理模块105可存储有蓝牙设备60自身私有密钥对应的公共密钥。蓝牙代理模块105接收到密文校验指令后先使用该公共密钥对蓝牙设备60的数字签名进行验证。验证通过则执行步骤S1105。
S1105、蓝牙代理模块105从SE 104的applet获取第一密文。
S1106、蓝牙代理模块105通过蓝牙芯片101向蓝牙设备60发送第一密文。
其中，第一密文在步骤S1106的传输过程中，可加密传输，本申请实施例对加密的方法不作限定。
S1107、蓝牙设备60将第一密文与SE中的密文进行比对。
S1108、密文比对通过，蓝牙设备60开启蓝牙设备60的车锁。
例如，第一密文和蓝牙设备60SE的applet中密文相同则比对通过。
上述的业务执行方法流程，在蓝牙芯片101检测到蓝牙广播信号来自的设备(蓝牙设 备60)在电子设备10上已注册后，蓝牙代理模块105才被启动。电子设备10中的蓝牙代理模块105和应用处理器无需一直处于工作状态，从而降低了电子设备10的功耗和内存的占用。
上述的业务执行方法流程，无需运行APP 102，直接建立SE 104与蓝牙设备60之间的蓝牙通路，从而降低了电子设备10的功耗和内存的占用。
上述的业务执行方法流程，不需要用户手动运行APP 102，实现对用户来说无感执行业务的过程，提高了业务执行流程的便利性。
上述的业务执行方法流程，无需保持APP 102始终处于运行状态，从而进一步降低了电子设备10的功耗和内存的占用。本申请实施例中，蓝牙代理模块105还为与蓝牙相关的业务执行流程提供一个建立蓝牙通路的管理平台。
在一种可能的实现方式中，步骤S1102中蓝牙扫描功能可以是用户手动开启蓝牙扫描开1001实现的。在另一种可能的实现方式中，蓝牙扫描功能还可以是电子设备10检测到蓝牙扫描功能未打开的情况下打开的，例如在图25所描述注册过程示例中通过步骤S1005～S1006蓝牙代理模块105打开蓝牙扫描功能。在注册完成后进行业务过程中蓝牙代理模块105也可自动打开蓝牙扫描功能。蓝牙代理模块105可打开蓝牙扫描功能，从而无需用户手动打开蓝牙扫描功能，实现对用户来说无感执行业务的过程，提高了业务执行流程的便利性。
在本申请的另一些实施例中，APP 102还可以通过OMA API 103和SE 104建立连接。第一注册信息中⑤OPTION可指示接收数据的实体为SE 104，且蓝牙芯片101扫描到第一设备标识信息后，唤醒APP 102。则在步骤S1103之后，蓝牙代理模块105唤醒APP 102。蓝牙代理模块105可与外部蓝牙设备60建立通路，且蓝牙代理模块105与SE 104连接，从而SE 104中的业务信息(例如密文)可传输给蓝牙设备60(例如汽车等)。
本申请实施例中，蓝牙设备60还可以与服务器70建立通信连接，如图24所示。蓝牙设备60可通过该通信连接与服务器70交互业务信息。该业务信息例如是来自电子设备10中SE 104的指纹比对结果。
具体的，建立蓝牙代理模块105与外部蓝牙设备之间的通路之后，如果在交易过程中服务器70需要在电子设备10上验证用户身份，例如验证用户指纹或者验证用户人脸图像，则电子设备10验证完成后可经由蓝牙设备60将比对结果发送给服务器70。以指纹验证为例，首先，电子设备10将检测到的指纹和预存的指纹进行比对，将比对结果存储在电子设备10的SE 104中。蓝牙代理模块105从SE 104中获取该比对结果。蓝牙代理模块105通过蓝牙连接将该比对结果发送给蓝牙设备60。蓝牙设备60通过与服务器70之间的通信连接将该比对结果发送给服务器70，来完成交易过程。
可以理解的，蓝牙设备60与服务器70之间的通信连接不限于上述功能举例，还可以用于在业务执行流程中其他业务信息的传输，本申请实施例对此不作限定。
对于无感开启汽车车锁的业务执行过程，在APP 102注册过程中也可以无需通过服务器70。蓝牙代理模块105本身存储有APP 102的APP_ID，通过该APP 102的APP_ID，蓝牙代理模块105可对APP进行权限校验。具体的，请参阅图27，图27是本申请实施例提供的一种蓝牙系统的架构示意图。如图27所示，该蓝牙系统包含电子设备10和蓝牙设备 80(例如汽车20)。如图27所示，电子设备10包含蓝牙芯片101、蓝牙代理模块105、APP 102、OMA API 103、SE 104和TEE 106。其中，OMA API 103——SE 104和TEE 106二者在该蓝牙系统中可仅含一个，也可以同时包含这两个。其中，蓝牙芯片101与蓝牙代理模块105建立连接，蓝牙代理模块105与TEE 106连接，且蓝牙代理模块105通过OMA API 103与SE 104连接。
在电子设备10上安装APP 102之后需要对APP完成注册过程。该注册过程可具体参考图10所描述实施例，仅在电子设备10即可完成注册过程。业务执行过程可具体参考图26所描述实施例。该注册过程和业务执行过程均无需与服务器交互。业务注销过程可参考图13所示出示例的具体描述。这里不再赘述。
可以理解的，本申请实施例以蓝牙连接为例进行介绍，本申请实施例中的蓝牙连接可以是BLE连接，也可以是BR/EDR连接。但是本申请实施例中不限于蓝牙连接，还可以是其他短距离无线通信连接，例如Wi-Fi连接、ZigBee连接等等，本申请实施例对此不作限定。
在上述实施例中，全部或部分功能可以通过软件、硬件、或者软件加硬件的组合来实现。当使用软件实现时，可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行所述计算机程序指令时，全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质，(例如，软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如，DVD)、或者半导体介质(例如，固态硬盘(solid state disk，SSD))等。
以上所述，仅为本申请实施例的具体实施方式，但本申请实施例的保护范围并不局限于此，任何在本申请实施例揭露的技术范围内的变化或替换，都应涵盖在本申请实施例的保护范围之内。因此，本申请实施例的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。

Claims (33)

  1. 一种蓝牙系统，其特征在于，所述蓝牙系统包含第一电子设备和第二电子设备，所述第一电子设备上安装有第一应用，所述第一应用与所述第二电子设备关联，其中：
    所述第一电子设备被配置为：
    与所述第二电子设备建立蓝牙连接；
    当满足第一预设条件时，断开所述蓝牙连接；
    响应于所述蓝牙连接断开，扫描蓝牙广播信号；
    所述第二电子设备被配置为：
    与所述第一电子设备建立蓝牙连接；
    当满足所述第一预设条件时，断开所述蓝牙连接；
    响应于所述蓝牙连接断开，广播第一广播信号，其中所述第一广播信号携带所述第二电子设备的设备信息；
    所述第一电子设备，还用于：
    当扫描到所述第一广播信号时启动所述第一应用；
    通过所述第一应用向所述第二电子设备发送连接请求；
    当接收到所述第二电子设备发送的响应数据包时，与所述第二电子设备建立蓝牙连接。
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的系统，其特征在于，所述第一预设条件，包括：
    所述第一应用被系统清理掉；或者
    所述第一电子设备的接收信号强度RRSI小于设定阈值，所述第一应用为启动状态。
  3. 根据权利要求1所述的系统，其特征在于，
    所述第一电子设备，具体用于响应于所述蓝牙连接断开，当所述第一应用为关闭状态时，扫描蓝牙广播信号；
    所述第一电子设备，还用于响应于所述蓝牙连接断开，当所述第一应用被系统清理掉时，向所述第二电子设备发送所述连接请求。
  4. 根据权利要求1至3任一项所述的系统，其特征在于，
    所述第一电子设备，具体用于当与所述第二电子设备之间的蓝牙连接断开时，在设定时间内扫描蓝牙广播信号；
    所述第一电子设备，还用于当在所述设定时间内未扫描到所述第一蓝牙广播信号时，停止扫描蓝牙广播信号。
  5. 根据权利要求1至4任一项所述的系统，其特征在于，所述第一电子设备，具体用于：
    当扫描到的第一广播信号携带所述第二电子设备的设备信息时，检测所述第一应用的注册信息是否合法；
    当所述第一应用的注册信息合法时，启动所述第一应用。
  6. 根据权利要求1至5任一项所述的系统，其特征在于，
    所述第一电子设备，还用于显示第一用户界面，所述第一用户界面上包含第一控件，所述第一控件用于断开与所述第二电子设备之间的蓝牙连接；
    所述第一电子设备，还用于响应于作用在所述第一控件上的用户操作，断开与所述第二电子设备之间的蓝牙连接，不再扫描蓝牙广播信号。
  7. 根据权利要求1至6任一项所述的系统，其特征在于，所述第二电子设备为汽车车机，所述第一应用为车厂应用；
    所述第一电子设备，还用于通过与所述汽车车机之间的蓝牙连接，接收来自所述汽车车机的密文校验指令；
    所述第一电子设备，还用于通过所述车厂应用将第一密文发送给所述汽车车机；
    所述汽车车机，还用于根据所述第一密文进行密文校验，校验通过则开启汽车车锁。
  8. 根据权利要求1至7任一项所述的系统，其特征在于，所述第一电子设备与所述第二电子设备之间的蓝牙连接为低功耗蓝牙BLE连接或者经典蓝牙BR/EDR连接。
  9. 根据权利要求1至8任一项所述的系统，其特征在于，
    所述第二电子设备的设备信息包含所述第二电子设备的媒体存取控制位MAC地址、所述第二电子设备的车辆识别码VIN、所述第二电子设备的通用唯一识别码UUID中的一个或多个。
  10. 根据权利要求1至9任一项所述的系统，其特征在于，
    所述第一电子设备，还用于在与所述第二电子设备建立蓝牙连接时，获取所述第二电子设备的设备信息；
    所述第一电子设备，还用于检测所述第一应用的注册信息是否合法，所述第一应用的注册信息包含所述第二电子设备的设备信息；
    所述第一电子设备，还用于当所述第一应用的注册信息合法时，存储所述第二电子设备的设备信息，存储的所述第二电子设备的设备信息用于所述第一电子设备扫描所述第一广播信号。
  11. 根据权利要求10所述的系统，其特征在于，所述第一电子设备具体用于：
    从服务器获取第一证书，所述第一证书用于证明所述第一应用的权限；
    根据所述第一证书检测所述第一应用的注册信息是否合法。
  12. 根据权利要求7所述的系统，其特征在于，
    所述第一电子设备还安装有第二应用，所述车厂应用与所述第二应用连接，所述第二 应用与安全存储区连接，所述安全存储区存储有所述第一密文；
    所述第一电子设备，具体用于通过所述车厂应用和所述第二应用，从所述安全存储区域获取第一密文，并将所述第一密文发送给所述汽车车机。
  13. 一种蓝牙连接方法，其特征在于，第一电子设备上安装有第一应用，所述第一应用与所述第二电子设备关联，所述方法包括：
    所述第一电子设备与所述第二电子设备建立蓝牙连接；
    当满足第一预设条件时，所述第一电子设备与所述第二电子设备之间的蓝牙连接断开；
    响应于所述蓝牙连接断开，所述第一电子设备扫描蓝牙广播信号；
    当扫描到的第一广播信号携带所述第二电子设备的设备信息时，所述第一电子设备启动所述第一应用；
    所述第一电子设备通过所述第一应用向所述第二电子设备发送连接请求；
    当接收到所述第二电子设备发送的响应数据包时，所述第一电子设备与所述第二电子设备建立蓝牙连接。
  14. 根据权利要求13所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述第一预设条件，包括：
    所述第一应用被系统清理掉；或者
    所述第一电子设备的接收信号强度RRSI小于设定阈值，所述第一应用为启动状态。
  15. 根据权利要求13所述的方法，其特征在于，所述响应于所述蓝牙连接断开，所述第一电子设备扫描蓝牙广播信号，包括：
    响应于所述蓝牙连接断开，当所述第一应用为关闭状态时，所述第一电子设备扫描蓝牙广播信号；
    所述方法还包括：
    响应于所述蓝牙连接断开，当所述第一应用被系统清理掉时，所述第一电子设备向所述第二电子设备发送所述连接请求。
  16. 根据权利要求13至15任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述响应于所述蓝牙连接断开，所述第一电子设备扫描蓝牙广播信号，包括：
    响应于所述蓝牙连接断开，所述第一电子设备在设定时间内扫描蓝牙广播信号；
    所述方法还包括：
    当在所述设定时间内所述第一电子设备未扫描到携带所述第一蓝牙广播信号时，所述第一电子设备停止扫描蓝牙广播信号。
  17. 根据权利要求13至16任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述当扫描到的第一广播信号携带所述第二电子设备的设备信息时，所述第一电子设备启动所述第一应用，包括：
    当扫描到的第一广播信号携带所述第二电子设备的设备信息时，所述第一电子设备检 测所述第一应用的注册信息是否合法；
    当所述第一应用的注册信息合法时，所述第一电子设备启动所述第一应用。
  18. 根据权利要求13至17任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述第一电子设备显示第一用户界面，所述第一用户界面上包含第一控件，所述第一控件用于断开与所述第二电子设备之间的蓝牙连接；
    响应于作用在所述第一控件上的用户操作，所述第一电子设备断开与所述第二电子设备之间的蓝牙连接，不再扫描蓝牙广播信号。
  19. 根据权利要求13至18任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二电子设备为汽车车机，所述第一应用为车厂应用，所述第一电子设备与所述第二电子设备建立蓝牙连接之后，所述方法还包括：
    所述第一电子设备通过与所述汽车车机之间的蓝牙连接，接收来自所述汽车车机的密文校验指令；
    所述第一电子设备通过所述车厂应用将所述第一密文发送给所述汽车车机，所述第一密文用于所述汽车车机校验密文以开启汽车车锁。
  20. 根据权利要求13至19任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一电子设备与所述第二电子设备之间的蓝牙连接为低功耗蓝牙BLE连接或者经典蓝牙BR/EDR连接。
  21. 根据权利要求13至20任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二电子设备的设备信息包含所述第二电子设备的MAC地址、所述第二电子设备的VIN、所述第二电子设备的UUID中的一个或多个。
  22. 根据权利要求13至21任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    在与所述第二电子设备建立蓝牙连接时，所述第一电子设备获取所述第二电子设备的设备信息；
    所述第一电子设备检测所述第一应用的注册信息是否合法，所述第一应用的注册信息包含所述第二电子设备的设备信息；
    当所述第一应用的注册信息合法时，所述第一电子设备存储所述第二电子设备的设备信息，存储的所述第二电子设备的设备信息用于所述第一电子设备扫描所述第一广播信号。
  23. 根据权利要求22所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一电子设备检测所述第一应用的注册信息是否合法，包括：
    所述第一电子设备从服务器获取第一证书，所述第一证书用于证明所述第一应用的权限；
    所述第一电子设备根据所述第一证书检测所述第一应用的注册信息是否合法。
  24. 根据权利要求19所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一电子设备还安装有第二应用，所述车厂应用与所述第二应用连接，所述第二应用与安全存储区连接，所述安全存储区存储有所述第一密文；
    所述第一电子设备通过所述车厂应用将所述第一密文发送给所述汽车车机，包括：
    所述第一电子设备通过所述车厂应用和所述第二应用，从所述安全存储区域获取第一密文，并将所述第一密文发送给所述汽车车机。
  25. 一种第一电子设备，其特征在于，所述第一电子设备包括：
    一个或多个处理器；
    存储器；
    蓝牙芯片；所述蓝牙芯片支持经典蓝牙BR/EDR和低功耗蓝牙BLE；
    多个应用程序；所述多个应用程序包含第一应用；所述第一应用用于在启动状态时使得所述第一电子设备与第二电子设备建立蓝牙连接；
    以及一个或多个计算机程序，其中所述一个或多个计算机程序被存储在所述存储器中，所述一个或多个计算机程序包括指令，当所述指令被所述第一电子设备执行时，使得所述第一电子设备执行以下步骤：
    与所述第二电子设备建立蓝牙连接；
    当满足第一预设条件时，与所述第二电子设备之间的蓝牙连接断开；
    响应于所述蓝牙连接断开，扫描蓝牙广播信号；
    当扫描到的第一广播信号携带所述第二电子设备的设备信息时，启动所述第一应用；
    通过所述第一应用向所述第二电子设备发送连接请求；
    当接收到所述第二电子设备发送的响应数据包时，与所述第二电子设备建立蓝牙连接。
  26. 根据权利要求25所述的第一电子设备，其特征在于，
    所述第一预设条件，包括：
    所述第一应用被系统清理掉；或者
    所述第一电子设备的接收信号强度RRSI小于设定阈值，所述第一应用为启动状态。
  27. 根据权利要求25所述的第一电子设备，其特征在于，当所述指令被所述第一电子设备执行时，使得所述第一电子设备具体执行以下步骤：
    响应于所述蓝牙连接断开，当所述第一应用为关闭状态时，扫描蓝牙广播信号；
    当所述指令被所述第一电子设备执行时，使得所述第一电子设备还执行以下步骤：
    响应于所述蓝牙连接断开，当所述第一应用被系统清理掉时，向所述第二电子设备发送所述连接请求。
  28. 根据权利要求25至27任一项所述的第一电子设备，其特征在于，当所述指令被所述第一电子设备执行时，使得所述第一电子设备具体执行以下步骤：
    响应于所述蓝牙连接断开，在设定时间内扫描蓝牙广播信号；
    当所述指令被所述第一电子设备执行时，使得所述第一电子设备还执行以下步骤：
    当在所述设定时间内所述第一电子设备未扫描到携带所述第一蓝牙广播信号时，停止扫描蓝牙广播信号。
  29. 根据权利要求25至28任一项所述的第一电子设备，其特征在于，当所述指令被所述第一电子设备执行时，使得所述第一电子设备具体执行以下步骤：
    当扫描到的第一广播信号携带所述第二电子设备的设备信息时，检测所述第一应用的注册信息是否合法；
    当所述第一应用的注册信息合法时，启动所述第一应用。
  30. 根据权利要求25至29任一项所述的第一电子设备，其特征在于，当所述指令被所述第一电子设备执行时，使得所述第一电子设备还执行以下步骤：
    显示第一用户界面，所述第一用户界面上包含第一控件，所述第一控件用于断开与所述第二电子设备之间的蓝牙连接；
    响应于作用在所述第一控件上的用户操作，断开与所述第二电子设备之间的蓝牙连接，不再扫描蓝牙广播信号。
  31. 根据权利要求25至30任一项所述的第一电子设备，其特征在于，所述第二电子设备为汽车车机，所述第一应用为车厂应用，所述第一电子设备与所述第二电子设备建立蓝牙连接之后，当所述指令被所述第一电子设备执行时，使得所述第一电子设备还执行以下步骤：
    通过与所述汽车车机之间的蓝牙连接，接收来自所述汽车车机的密文校验指令；
    通过所述车厂应用将所述第一密文发送给所述汽车车机，所述第一密文用于所述汽车车机校验密文以开启汽车车锁。
  32. 根据权利要求25至31任一项所述的第一电子设备，其特征在于，所述第一电子设备与所述第二电子设备之间的蓝牙连接为低功耗蓝牙BLE连接或者经典蓝牙BR/EDR连接。
  33. 根据权利要求25至32任一项所述的第一电子设备，其特征在于，所述第二电子设备的设备信息包含所述第二电子设备的MAC地址、所述第二电子设备的VIN、所述第二电子设备的UUID中的一个或多个。
PCT/CN2021/071644 2020-01-21 2021-01-14 蓝牙连接方法、系统和电子设备 Ceased WO2021147745A1 (zh)

Priority Applications (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP21744735.8A EP4080939A4 (en) 2020-01-21 2021-01-14 BLUETOOTH CONNECTION METHOD, SYSTEM, AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE
JP2022544039A JP7317242B2 (ja) 2020-01-21 2021-01-14 ブルートゥース接続方法、システム、および電子デバイス
US17/793,983 US12302414B2 (en) 2020-01-21 2021-01-14 Bluetooth connection method, system, and electronic device

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202010072388.1 2020-01-21
CN202010072388.1A CN113225690B (zh) 2020-01-21 2020-01-21 蓝牙连接方法、系统和电子设备

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2021147745A1 true WO2021147745A1 (zh) 2021-07-29

Family

ID=76992083

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2021/071644 Ceased WO2021147745A1 (zh) 2020-01-21 2021-01-14 蓝牙连接方法、系统和电子设备

Country Status (5)

Country Link
US (1) US12302414B2 (zh)
EP (1) EP4080939A4 (zh)
JP (1) JP7317242B2 (zh)
CN (3) CN113225690B (zh)
WO (1) WO2021147745A1 (zh)

Cited By (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN112306216A (zh) * 2020-10-21 2021-02-02 深圳云程科技有限公司 一种基于Android设备在熄屏状态下持续连接BLE的方法和系统
CN113766482A (zh) * 2021-09-15 2021-12-07 荣耀终端有限公司 查找蓝牙设备的方法、电子设备及存储介质
CN113998033A (zh) * 2021-11-05 2022-02-01 德明通讯（上海）股份有限公司 一种两轮电动车辆的解锁装置、解锁方法及解锁系统
CN114173315A (zh) * 2022-02-14 2022-03-11 荣耀终端有限公司 蓝牙回连方法及终端设备
CN114299647A (zh) * 2022-01-27 2022-04-08 支付宝(杭州)信息技术有限公司 基于小程序的无感入车方法和系统
CN115250545A (zh) * 2022-09-22 2022-10-28 荣耀终端有限公司 一种蓝牙连接方法、电子设备及芯片系统
CN115250435A (zh) * 2022-07-27 2022-10-28 浙江极氪智能科技有限公司 车载无线控制系统、方法、装置、设备及存储介质
CN115833882A (zh) * 2022-11-23 2023-03-21 长城汽车股份有限公司 一种蓝牙连接方法、系统、存储介质及车辆

Families Citing this family (21)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN111327933A (zh) * 2020-02-18 2020-06-23 展讯通信（上海）有限公司 设备唤醒方法、装置和电子设备
CN113963465B (zh) * 2021-10-15 2024-05-28 广州小鹏汽车科技有限公司 车机登录方法、装置、车辆及存储介质
CN116170784B (zh) * 2021-11-25 2025-11-28 华为技术有限公司 数据传输方法和通信系统
CN115019418B (zh) * 2021-11-26 2023-09-05 荣耀终端有限公司 蓝牙车钥匙控车方法、装置和存储介质
CN114254342A (zh) * 2021-12-10 2022-03-29 青岛海尔科技有限公司 通信连接方法、系统、装置、存储介质及处理器
CN114498951A (zh) * 2021-12-13 2022-05-13 浙江零跑科技股份有限公司 一种手机无线充电状态电量在智能座舱显示的方法
CN114333113B (zh) * 2021-12-28 2023-05-12 重庆长安汽车股份有限公司 基于负一屏的蓝牙钥匙快捷控制方法及计算机可读存储介质
CN114257960B (zh) * 2022-02-25 2022-07-19 荣耀终端有限公司 蓝牙连接方法和设备
CN114710753A (zh) * 2022-03-23 2022-07-05 陈双平 终端蓝牙开关控制方法及装置
JP7758629B2 (ja) * 2022-04-22 2025-10-22 パナソニックオートモーティブシステムズ株式会社 無線通信装置、無線通信方法およびコンピュータプログラム
CN115209390A (zh) * 2022-07-21 2022-10-18 上海汽车集团股份有限公司 一种蓝牙连接方法、设备及系统
US11932338B2 (en) * 2022-08-09 2024-03-19 Dah Ken Industrial Co., Ltd. Bicycle security alarm device
JP2024047363A (ja) * 2022-09-26 2024-04-05 アークレイ株式会社 測定装置、測定システム、測定方法、及び測定プログラム
US12418945B2 (en) * 2022-11-17 2025-09-16 GM Global Technology Operations LLC System and method for vehicle bluetooth pairing
CN118368698A (zh) * 2023-01-17 2024-07-19 华为技术有限公司 信号处理方法、电路、芯片和电子设备
CN116346672B (zh) * 2023-03-28 2026-03-06 重庆长安科技有限责任公司 蓝牙定位天线、其检测方法、系统、蓝牙主节点及介质
JP7805991B2 (ja) * 2023-05-31 2026-01-26 株式会社東芝 無線通信装置、無線通信システム及び無線通信方法
DE102023124254B4 (de) 2023-09-08 2025-03-27 Werner Loser Verfahren zum Paaren eines ersten Geräts mit einem zweiten Gerät
CN118283585A (zh) * 2023-09-21 2024-07-02 比亚迪股份有限公司 一种无线充电的方法、装置及车辆
CN119255232A (zh) * 2024-12-04 2025-01-03 小米汽车科技有限公司 指令传输方法、装置、存储介质及程序产品
CN119580455B (zh) * 2024-12-04 2025-10-28 重庆赛力斯凤凰智创科技有限公司 车辆与数字钥匙的通信连接方法、装置、设备和存储介质

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20180368206A1 (en) * 2017-06-17 2018-12-20 Link Labs, Inc. Ble networking systems and methods providing central and peripheral role reversal thereof while movable between locations
CN109151787A (zh) * 2018-09-05 2019-01-04 北京字节跳动网络技术有限公司 基于云端调度的蓝牙通信方法和装置
CN109219028A (zh) * 2018-09-05 2019-01-15 北京字节跳动网络技术有限公司 基于云端的等价设备蓝牙通信方法和装置
CN109769240A (zh) * 2019-03-12 2019-05-17 百度在线网络技术（北京）有限公司 蓝牙连接方法、装置和系统

Family Cites Families (21)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US9042823B2 (en) * 2012-06-07 2015-05-26 Nokia Corporation Method, apparatus, and computer program product for wireless short-range communication disconnection
JP6405963B2 (ja) 2014-12-08 2018-10-17 株式会社デンソー 携帯端末、携帯端末操作システム及び通信制御プログラム
FR3030987B1 (fr) 2014-12-23 2018-03-23 Valeo Comfort And Driving Assistance Procede de reconnaissance automatique entre un appareil mobile et un vehicule automobile aptes a fonctionner selon le protocole ble
JP6706406B2 (ja) 2015-07-31 2020-06-10 株式会社ユピテル 携帯機器、システム及びプログラム
KR20170022001A (ko) * 2015-08-19 2017-03-02 엘지전자 주식회사 데이터 송수신 방법 및 이를 위한 디바이스
CN105450268A (zh) * 2015-12-02 2016-03-30 惠州Tcl移动通信有限公司 基于蓝牙的可穿戴设备与移动终端自动连接的方法及系统
CN105636004A (zh) * 2015-12-25 2016-06-01 惠州Tcl移动通信有限公司 一种基于低功耗蓝牙的蓝牙自动重连方法及系统
CN105722012B (zh) * 2016-02-02 2020-08-11 腾讯科技（深圳）有限公司 一种连接通信设备的方法、终端设备及服务器系统
JP6745628B2 (ja) 2016-03-31 2020-08-26 キヤノン株式会社 情報処理装置、制御方法、及びプログラム
US10070247B2 (en) * 2016-04-14 2018-09-04 Qualcomm Incorporated Systems and methods for connection creation
CN108476060B (zh) 2016-06-27 2021-02-12 华为技术有限公司 用于双模蓝牙设备之间建立经典蓝牙连接的方法和双模蓝牙设备
US10645559B2 (en) * 2016-06-27 2020-05-05 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Bluetooth connection method and terminal
CN107770849B (zh) * 2016-08-18 2022-02-22 国民技术股份有限公司 通信设备及其在蓝牙通信时的省电控制方法和系统
JP2018032928A (ja) 2016-08-23 2018-03-01 キヤノン株式会社 無線通信機能を備えた装置およびその装置で実行されるプログラム
CN107197346B (zh) * 2017-05-27 2021-06-15 深圳Tcl新技术有限公司 电视终端及蓝牙设备回连方法和计算机可读存储介质
JP6494835B2 (ja) 2017-06-29 2019-04-03 キヤノン株式会社 通信装置およびその制御方法
US10149340B1 (en) * 2017-07-18 2018-12-04 Thales Avionics, Inc. Slave bluetooth device switching between active bluetooth connections with different master bluetooth devices
CN109451474A (zh) * 2018-10-15 2019-03-08 四川长虹电器股份有限公司 被控终端设备及其蓝牙回连方法
JP2020072343A (ja) 2018-10-30 2020-05-07 三菱自動車工業株式会社 車両のスマホキーシステム
CN115580854B (zh) * 2019-04-16 2023-08-04 华为技术有限公司 蓝牙扫描方法和电子设备
CN110519737A (zh) * 2019-08-30 2019-11-29 南京爱沃客信息科技有限公司 一种蓝牙自动连接的方法、装置和系统

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20180368206A1 (en) * 2017-06-17 2018-12-20 Link Labs, Inc. Ble networking systems and methods providing central and peripheral role reversal thereof while movable between locations
CN109151787A (zh) * 2018-09-05 2019-01-04 北京字节跳动网络技术有限公司 基于云端调度的蓝牙通信方法和装置
CN109219028A (zh) * 2018-09-05 2019-01-15 北京字节跳动网络技术有限公司 基于云端的等价设备蓝牙通信方法和装置
CN109769240A (zh) * 2019-03-12 2019-05-17 百度在线网络技术（北京）有限公司 蓝牙连接方法、装置和系统

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
See also references of EP4080939A4

Cited By (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN112306216A (zh) * 2020-10-21 2021-02-02 深圳云程科技有限公司 一种基于Android设备在熄屏状态下持续连接BLE的方法和系统
CN113766482A (zh) * 2021-09-15 2021-12-07 荣耀终端有限公司 查找蓝牙设备的方法、电子设备及存储介质
CN113998033A (zh) * 2021-11-05 2022-02-01 德明通讯（上海）股份有限公司 一种两轮电动车辆的解锁装置、解锁方法及解锁系统
CN114299647A (zh) * 2022-01-27 2022-04-08 支付宝(杭州)信息技术有限公司 基于小程序的无感入车方法和系统
CN114173315A (zh) * 2022-02-14 2022-03-11 荣耀终端有限公司 蓝牙回连方法及终端设备
CN115250435A (zh) * 2022-07-27 2022-10-28 浙江极氪智能科技有限公司 车载无线控制系统、方法、装置、设备及存储介质
CN115250435B (zh) * 2022-07-27 2024-05-14 浙江极氪智能科技有限公司 车载无线控制系统、方法、装置、设备及存储介质
CN115250545A (zh) * 2022-09-22 2022-10-28 荣耀终端有限公司 一种蓝牙连接方法、电子设备及芯片系统
CN115833882A (zh) * 2022-11-23 2023-03-21 长城汽车股份有限公司 一种蓝牙连接方法、系统、存储介质及车辆
CN115833882B (zh) * 2022-11-23 2024-06-28 长城汽车股份有限公司 一种蓝牙连接方法、系统、存储介质及车辆

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US12302414B2 (en) 2025-05-13
EP4080939A4 (en) 2023-06-14
JP7317242B2 (ja) 2023-07-28
JP2023510953A (ja) 2023-03-15
EP4080939A1 (en) 2022-10-26
CN115580844A (zh) 2023-01-06
US20230041669A1 (en) 2023-02-09
CN113225690B (zh) 2022-09-02
CN115442783A (zh) 2022-12-06
CN113225690A (zh) 2021-08-06

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP7317242B2 (ja) ブルートゥース接続方法、システム、および電子デバイス
CN112449328B (zh) 一种蓝牙搜索方法、系统及相关装置
US11844119B2 (en) Bluetooth pairing method and related apparatus
WO2021052178A1 (zh) 一种Wi-Fi连接方法及设备
WO2021082829A1 (zh) 蓝牙连接方法及相关装置
WO2020041952A1 (zh) 一种基于快递消息控制快递柜的方法及电子设备
WO2020211714A1 (zh) 蓝牙扫描方法和电子设备
CN110336720A (zh) 设备控制方法和设备
WO2021023032A1 (zh) 设备解锁方法、系统和相关设备
CN114339698A (zh) 设备间触碰建立无线连接的方法、电子设备及芯片
CN112449332A (zh) 一种蓝牙连接的方法和电子设备
CN111373713B (zh) 一种消息传输方法及设备
CN114449090B (zh) 数据分享方法、装置、系统及电子设备、存储介质、芯片
WO2020216098A1 (zh) 一种跨电子设备转接服务的方法、设备以及系统
WO2021043250A1 (zh) 一种蓝牙通信方法及相关装置
WO2021043045A1 (zh) 一种网络配置信息的配置方法及设备
CN113196236A (zh) 一种跨设备认证方法及电子设备
WO2021052204A1 (zh) 基于通讯录的设备发现方法、音视频通信方法及电子设备
WO2021093855A1 (zh) 一种移动设备管理方法及设备
CN115550919B (zh) 设备配对认证方法、装置、发送方设备及接收方设备
CN113676879A (zh) 一种分享信息的方法、电子设备和系统
WO2022143156A1 (zh) 一种加密通话方法、装置、终端及存储介质
CN115802326B (zh) 一种蓝牙连接方法及电子设备
CN117917903A (zh) 数字车钥匙的配对方法、电子设备和服务系统
CN114845297B (zh) 应用程序访问方法、电子设备及存储介质

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21744735

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2022544039

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2021744735

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20220720

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

WWG Wipo information: grant in national office

Ref document number: 17793983

Country of ref document: US